diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'include/net/cfg80211.h')
| -rw-r--r-- | include/net/cfg80211.h | 9019 |
1 files changed, 9019 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/include/net/cfg80211.h b/include/net/cfg80211.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5bf5c1ab5 --- /dev/null +++ b/include/net/cfg80211.h @@ -0,0 +1,9019 @@ +/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */ +#ifndef __NET_CFG80211_H +#define __NET_CFG80211_H +/* + * 802.11 device and configuration interface + * + * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> + * Copyright 2013-2014 Intel Mobile Communications GmbH + * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH + * Copyright (C) 2018-2021 Intel Corporation + */ + +#include <linux/ethtool.h> +#include <uapi/linux/rfkill.h> +#include <linux/netdevice.h> +#include <linux/debugfs.h> +#include <linux/list.h> +#include <linux/bug.h> +#include <linux/netlink.h> +#include <linux/skbuff.h> +#include <linux/nl80211.h> +#include <linux/if_ether.h> +#include <linux/ieee80211.h> +#include <linux/net.h> +#include <linux/rfkill.h> +#include <net/regulatory.h> + +/** + * DOC: Introduction + * + * cfg80211 is the configuration API for 802.11 devices in Linux. It bridges + * userspace and drivers, and offers some utility functionality associated + * with 802.11. cfg80211 must, directly or indirectly via mac80211, be used + * by all modern wireless drivers in Linux, so that they offer a consistent + * API through nl80211. For backward compatibility, cfg80211 also offers + * wireless extensions to userspace, but hides them from drivers completely. + * + * Additionally, cfg80211 contains code to help enforce regulatory spectrum + * use restrictions. + */ + + +/** + * DOC: Device registration + * + * In order for a driver to use cfg80211, it must register the hardware device + * with cfg80211. This happens through a number of hardware capability structs + * described below. + * + * The fundamental structure for each device is the 'wiphy', of which each + * instance describes a physical wireless device connected to the system. Each + * such wiphy can have zero, one, or many virtual interfaces associated with + * it, which need to be identified as such by pointing the network interface's + * @ieee80211_ptr pointer to a &struct wireless_dev which further describes + * the wireless part of the interface, normally this struct is embedded in the + * network interface's private data area. Drivers can optionally allow creating + * or destroying virtual interfaces on the fly, but without at least one or the + * ability to create some the wireless device isn't useful. + * + * Each wiphy structure contains device capability information, and also has + * a pointer to the various operations the driver offers. The definitions and + * structures here describe these capabilities in detail. + */ + +struct wiphy; + +/* + * wireless hardware capability structures + */ + +/** + * enum ieee80211_channel_flags - channel flags + * + * Channel flags set by the regulatory control code. + * + * @IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED: This channel is disabled. + * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR: do not initiate radiation, this includes + * sending probe requests or beaconing. + * @IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR: Radar detection is required on this channel. + * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS: extension channel above this channel + * is not permitted. + * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS: extension channel below this channel + * is not permitted. + * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM: OFDM is not allowed on this channel. + * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ: If the driver supports 80 MHz on the band, + * this flag indicates that an 80 MHz channel cannot use this + * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. + * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth + * restrictions. + * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ: If the driver supports 160 MHz on the band, + * this flag indicates that an 160 MHz channel cannot use this + * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. + * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth + * restrictions. + * @IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY + * @IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT + * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz bandwidth is not permitted + * on this channel. + * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz bandwidth is not permitted + * on this channel. + * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HE: HE operation is not permitted on this channel. + * @IEEE80211_CHAN_1MHZ: 1 MHz bandwidth is permitted + * on this channel. + * @IEEE80211_CHAN_2MHZ: 2 MHz bandwidth is permitted + * on this channel. + * @IEEE80211_CHAN_4MHZ: 4 MHz bandwidth is permitted + * on this channel. + * @IEEE80211_CHAN_8MHZ: 8 MHz bandwidth is permitted + * on this channel. + * @IEEE80211_CHAN_16MHZ: 16 MHz bandwidth is permitted + * on this channel. + * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_320MHZ: If the driver supports 320 MHz on the band, + * this flag indicates that a 320 MHz channel cannot use this + * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. + * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth + * restrictions. + * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_EHT: EHT operation is not permitted on this channel. + */ +enum ieee80211_channel_flags { + IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED = 1<<0, + IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR = 1<<1, + /* hole at 1<<2 */ + IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR = 1<<3, + IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<4, + IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<5, + IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM = 1<<6, + IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ = 1<<7, + IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ = 1<<8, + IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY = 1<<9, + IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<10, + IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ = 1<<11, + IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ = 1<<12, + IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HE = 1<<13, + IEEE80211_CHAN_1MHZ = 1<<14, + IEEE80211_CHAN_2MHZ = 1<<15, + IEEE80211_CHAN_4MHZ = 1<<16, + IEEE80211_CHAN_8MHZ = 1<<17, + IEEE80211_CHAN_16MHZ = 1<<18, + IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_320MHZ = 1<<19, + IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_EHT = 1<<20, +}; + +#define IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40 \ + (IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS | IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS) + +#define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_CAC_TIME_MS 60000 +#define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_NOP_TIME_MS (30 * 60 * 1000) + +/** + * struct ieee80211_channel - channel definition + * + * This structure describes a single channel for use + * with cfg80211. + * + * @center_freq: center frequency in MHz + * @freq_offset: offset from @center_freq, in KHz + * @hw_value: hardware-specific value for the channel + * @flags: channel flags from &enum ieee80211_channel_flags. + * @orig_flags: channel flags at registration time, used by regulatory + * code to support devices with additional restrictions + * @band: band this channel belongs to. + * @max_antenna_gain: maximum antenna gain in dBi + * @max_power: maximum transmission power (in dBm) + * @max_reg_power: maximum regulatory transmission power (in dBm) + * @beacon_found: helper to regulatory code to indicate when a beacon + * has been found on this channel. Use regulatory_hint_found_beacon() + * to enable this, this is useful only on 5 GHz band. + * @orig_mag: internal use + * @orig_mpwr: internal use + * @dfs_state: current state of this channel. Only relevant if radar is required + * on this channel. + * @dfs_state_entered: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered. + * @dfs_cac_ms: DFS CAC time in milliseconds, this is valid for DFS channels. + */ +struct ieee80211_channel { + enum nl80211_band band; + u32 center_freq; + u16 freq_offset; + u16 hw_value; + u32 flags; + int max_antenna_gain; + int max_power; + int max_reg_power; + bool beacon_found; + u32 orig_flags; + int orig_mag, orig_mpwr; + enum nl80211_dfs_state dfs_state; + unsigned long dfs_state_entered; + unsigned int dfs_cac_ms; +}; + +/** + * enum ieee80211_rate_flags - rate flags + * + * Hardware/specification flags for rates. These are structured + * in a way that allows using the same bitrate structure for + * different bands/PHY modes. + * + * @IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Hardware can send with short + * preamble on this bitrate; only relevant in 2.4GHz band and + * with CCK rates. + * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A: This bitrate is a mandatory rate + * when used with 802.11a (on the 5 GHz band); filled by the + * core code when registering the wiphy. + * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B: This bitrate is a mandatory rate + * when used with 802.11b (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the + * core code when registering the wiphy. + * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G: This bitrate is a mandatory rate + * when used with 802.11g (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the + * core code when registering the wiphy. + * @IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G: This is an ERP rate in 802.11g mode. + * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ: Rate can be used in 5 MHz mode + * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ: Rate can be used in 10 MHz mode + */ +enum ieee80211_rate_flags { + IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE = 1<<0, + IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A = 1<<1, + IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B = 1<<2, + IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G = 1<<3, + IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G = 1<<4, + IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ = 1<<5, + IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ = 1<<6, +}; + +/** + * enum ieee80211_bss_type - BSS type filter + * + * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS: Infrastructure BSS + * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS: Personal BSS + * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS: Independent BSS + * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS: Mesh BSS + * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any BSS type + */ +enum ieee80211_bss_type { + IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS, + IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS, + IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS, + IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS, + IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY +}; + +/** + * enum ieee80211_privacy - BSS privacy filter + * + * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON: privacy bit set + * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF: privacy bit clear + * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any privacy setting + */ +enum ieee80211_privacy { + IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON, + IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF, + IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY +}; + +#define IEEE80211_PRIVACY(x) \ + ((x) ? IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON : IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF) + +/** + * struct ieee80211_rate - bitrate definition + * + * This structure describes a bitrate that an 802.11 PHY can + * operate with. The two values @hw_value and @hw_value_short + * are only for driver use when pointers to this structure are + * passed around. + * + * @flags: rate-specific flags + * @bitrate: bitrate in units of 100 Kbps + * @hw_value: driver/hardware value for this rate + * @hw_value_short: driver/hardware value for this rate when + * short preamble is used + */ +struct ieee80211_rate { + u32 flags; + u16 bitrate; + u16 hw_value, hw_value_short; +}; + +/** + * struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd - AP settings for spatial reuse + * + * @enable: is the feature enabled. + * @sr_ctrl: The SR Control field of SRP element. + * @non_srg_max_offset: non-SRG maximum tx power offset + * @min_offset: minimal tx power offset an associated station shall use + * @max_offset: maximum tx power offset an associated station shall use + * @bss_color_bitmap: bitmap that indicates the BSS color values used by + * members of the SRG + * @partial_bssid_bitmap: bitmap that indicates the partial BSSID values + * used by members of the SRG + */ +struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd { + bool enable; + u8 sr_ctrl; + u8 non_srg_max_offset; + u8 min_offset; + u8 max_offset; + u8 bss_color_bitmap[8]; + u8 partial_bssid_bitmap[8]; +}; + +/** + * struct cfg80211_he_bss_color - AP settings for BSS coloring + * + * @color: the current color. + * @enabled: HE BSS color is used + * @partial: define the AID equation. + */ +struct cfg80211_he_bss_color { + u8 color; + bool enabled; + bool partial; +}; + +/** + * struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap - STA's HT capabilities + * + * This structure describes most essential parameters needed + * to describe 802.11n HT capabilities for an STA. + * + * @ht_supported: is HT supported by the STA + * @cap: HT capabilities map as described in 802.11n spec + * @ampdu_factor: Maximum A-MPDU length factor + * @ampdu_density: Minimum A-MPDU spacing + * @mcs: Supported MCS rates + */ +struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap { + u16 cap; /* use IEEE80211_HT_CAP_ */ + bool ht_supported; + u8 ampdu_factor; + u8 ampdu_density; + struct ieee80211_mcs_info mcs; +}; + +/** + * struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap - STA's VHT capabilities + * + * This structure describes most essential parameters needed + * to describe 802.11ac VHT capabilities for an STA. + * + * @vht_supported: is VHT supported by the STA + * @cap: VHT capabilities map as described in 802.11ac spec + * @vht_mcs: Supported VHT MCS rates + */ +struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap { + bool vht_supported; + u32 cap; /* use IEEE80211_VHT_CAP_ */ + struct ieee80211_vht_mcs_info vht_mcs; +}; + +#define IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN 25 + +/** + * struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap - STA's HE capabilities + * + * This structure describes most essential parameters needed + * to describe 802.11ax HE capabilities for a STA. + * + * @has_he: true iff HE data is valid. + * @he_cap_elem: Fixed portion of the HE capabilities element. + * @he_mcs_nss_supp: The supported NSS/MCS combinations. + * @ppe_thres: Holds the PPE Thresholds data. + */ +struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap { + bool has_he; + struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem he_cap_elem; + struct ieee80211_he_mcs_nss_supp he_mcs_nss_supp; + u8 ppe_thres[IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN]; +}; + +/** + * struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp - EHT max supported NSS per MCS + * + * See P802.11be_D1.3 Table 9-401k - "Subfields of the Supported EHT-MCS + * and NSS Set field" + * + * @only_20mhz: MCS/NSS support for 20 MHz-only STA. + * @bw: MCS/NSS support for 80, 160 and 320 MHz + * @bw._80: MCS/NSS support for BW <= 80 MHz + * @bw._160: MCS/NSS support for BW = 160 MHz + * @bw._320: MCS/NSS support for BW = 320 MHz + */ +struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp { + union { + struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_20mhz_only only_20mhz; + struct { + struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_bw _80; + struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_bw _160; + struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_bw _320; + } __packed bw; + } __packed; +} __packed; + +#define IEEE80211_EHT_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN 32 + +/** + * struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap - STA's EHT capabilities + * + * This structure describes most essential parameters needed + * to describe 802.11be EHT capabilities for a STA. + * + * @has_eht: true iff EHT data is valid. + * @eht_cap_elem: Fixed portion of the eht capabilities element. + * @eht_mcs_nss_supp: The supported NSS/MCS combinations. + * @eht_ppe_thres: Holds the PPE Thresholds data. + */ +struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap { + bool has_eht; + struct ieee80211_eht_cap_elem_fixed eht_cap_elem; + struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp eht_mcs_nss_supp; + u8 eht_ppe_thres[IEEE80211_EHT_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN]; +}; + +/** + * struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data - sband data per interface type + * + * This structure encapsulates sband data that is relevant for the + * interface types defined in @types_mask. Each type in the + * @types_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_data. + * + * @types_mask: interface types mask + * @he_cap: holds the HE capabilities + * @he_6ghz_capa: HE 6 GHz capabilities, must be filled in for a + * 6 GHz band channel (and 0 may be valid value). + * @eht_cap: STA's EHT capabilities + * @vendor_elems: vendor element(s) to advertise + * @vendor_elems.data: vendor element(s) data + * @vendor_elems.len: vendor element(s) length + */ +struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data { + u16 types_mask; + struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap he_cap; + struct ieee80211_he_6ghz_capa he_6ghz_capa; + struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap eht_cap; + struct { + const u8 *data; + unsigned int len; + } vendor_elems; +}; + +/** + * enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config - allowed channel bandwidth configurations + * + * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4: 2.16GHz + * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5: 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz + * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 6.48GHz + * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 8.64GHz + * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8: 2.16GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz + * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz + * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 2.16GHz+2.16GHz + * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz and + * 2.16GHz+2.16GHz + * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12: 2.16GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and + * 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz + * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and + * 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz + * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz + * and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz + * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz, + * 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz + */ +enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config { + IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4 = 4, + IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5 = 5, + IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6 = 6, + IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7 = 7, + IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8 = 8, + IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9 = 9, + IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10 = 10, + IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11 = 11, + IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12 = 12, + IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13 = 13, + IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14 = 14, + IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15 = 15, +}; + +/** + * struct ieee80211_edmg - EDMG configuration + * + * This structure describes most essential parameters needed + * to describe 802.11ay EDMG configuration + * + * @channels: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz channel(s) + * that are allowed to be used for transmissions. + * Bit 0 indicates channel 1, bit 1 indicates channel 2, etc. + * Set to 0 indicate EDMG not supported. + * @bw_config: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes + * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations + */ +struct ieee80211_edmg { + u8 channels; + enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config bw_config; +}; + +/** + * struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap - STA's S1G capabilities + * + * This structure describes most essential parameters needed + * to describe 802.11ah S1G capabilities for a STA. + * + * @s1g: is STA an S1G STA + * @cap: S1G capabilities information + * @nss_mcs: Supported NSS MCS set + */ +struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap { + bool s1g; + u8 cap[10]; /* use S1G_CAPAB_ */ + u8 nss_mcs[5]; +}; + +/** + * struct ieee80211_supported_band - frequency band definition + * + * This structure describes a frequency band a wiphy + * is able to operate in. + * + * @channels: Array of channels the hardware can operate with + * in this band. + * @band: the band this structure represents + * @n_channels: Number of channels in @channels + * @bitrates: Array of bitrates the hardware can operate with + * in this band. Must be sorted to give a valid "supported + * rates" IE, i.e. CCK rates first, then OFDM. + * @n_bitrates: Number of bitrates in @bitrates + * @ht_cap: HT capabilities in this band + * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities in this band + * @s1g_cap: S1G capabilities in this band + * @edmg_cap: EDMG capabilities in this band + * @s1g_cap: S1G capabilities in this band (S1B band only, of course) + * @n_iftype_data: number of iftype data entries + * @iftype_data: interface type data entries. Note that the bits in + * @types_mask inside this structure cannot overlap (i.e. only + * one occurrence of each type is allowed across all instances of + * iftype_data). + */ +struct ieee80211_supported_band { + struct ieee80211_channel *channels; + struct ieee80211_rate *bitrates; + enum nl80211_band band; + int n_channels; + int n_bitrates; + struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap; + struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht_cap; + struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap s1g_cap; + struct ieee80211_edmg edmg_cap; + u16 n_iftype_data; + const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *iftype_data; +}; + +/** + * ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data - return sband data for a given iftype + * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on + * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype + * + * Return: pointer to struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data, or NULL is none found + */ +static inline const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data * +ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, + u8 iftype) +{ + int i; + + if (WARN_ON(iftype >= NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX)) + return NULL; + + if (iftype == NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN) + iftype = NL80211_IFTYPE_AP; + + for (i = 0; i < sband->n_iftype_data; i++) { + const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = + &sband->iftype_data[i]; + + if (data->types_mask & BIT(iftype)) + return data; + } + + return NULL; +} + +/** + * ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap - return HE capabilities for an sband's iftype + * @sband: the sband to search for the iftype on + * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype + * + * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap, or NULL is none found + */ +static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap * +ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, + u8 iftype) +{ + const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = + ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype); + + if (data && data->he_cap.has_he) + return &data->he_cap; + + return NULL; +} + +/** + * ieee80211_get_he_6ghz_capa - return HE 6 GHz capabilities + * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on + * @iftype: the iftype to search for + * + * Return: the 6GHz capabilities + */ +static inline __le16 +ieee80211_get_he_6ghz_capa(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, + enum nl80211_iftype iftype) +{ + const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = + ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype); + + if (WARN_ON(!data || !data->he_cap.has_he)) + return 0; + + return data->he_6ghz_capa.capa; +} + +/** + * ieee80211_get_eht_iftype_cap - return ETH capabilities for an sband's iftype + * @sband: the sband to search for the iftype on + * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype + * + * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap, or NULL is none found + */ +static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap * +ieee80211_get_eht_iftype_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, + enum nl80211_iftype iftype) +{ + const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = + ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype); + + if (data && data->eht_cap.has_eht) + return &data->eht_cap; + + return NULL; +} + +/** + * wiphy_read_of_freq_limits - read frequency limits from device tree + * + * @wiphy: the wireless device to get extra limits for + * + * Some devices may have extra limitations specified in DT. This may be useful + * for chipsets that normally support more bands but are limited due to board + * design (e.g. by antennas or external power amplifier). + * + * This function reads info from DT and uses it to *modify* channels (disable + * unavailable ones). It's usually a *bad* idea to use it in drivers with + * shared channel data as DT limitations are device specific. You should make + * sure to call it only if channels in wiphy are copied and can be modified + * without affecting other devices. + * + * As this function access device node it has to be called after set_wiphy_dev. + * It also modifies channels so they have to be set first. + * If using this helper, call it before wiphy_register(). + */ +#ifdef CONFIG_OF +void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy); +#else /* CONFIG_OF */ +static inline void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy) +{ +} +#endif /* !CONFIG_OF */ + + +/* + * Wireless hardware/device configuration structures and methods + */ + +/** + * DOC: Actions and configuration + * + * Each wireless device and each virtual interface offer a set of configuration + * operations and other actions that are invoked by userspace. Each of these + * actions is described in the operations structure, and the parameters these + * operations use are described separately. + * + * Additionally, some operations are asynchronous and expect to get status + * information via some functions that drivers need to call. + * + * Scanning and BSS list handling with its associated functionality is described + * in a separate chapter. + */ + +#define VHT_MUMIMO_GROUPS_DATA_LEN (WLAN_MEMBERSHIP_LEN +\ + WLAN_USER_POSITION_LEN) + +/** + * struct vif_params - describes virtual interface parameters + * @flags: monitor interface flags, unchanged if 0, otherwise + * %MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED will be set + * @use_4addr: use 4-address frames + * @macaddr: address to use for this virtual interface. + * If this parameter is set to zero address the driver may + * determine the address as needed. + * This feature is only fully supported by drivers that enable the + * %NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE flag. Others may support creating + ** only p2p devices with specified MAC. + * @vht_mumimo_groups: MU-MIMO groupID, used for monitoring MU-MIMO packets + * belonging to that MU-MIMO groupID; %NULL if not changed + * @vht_mumimo_follow_addr: MU-MIMO follow address, used for monitoring + * MU-MIMO packets going to the specified station; %NULL if not changed + */ +struct vif_params { + u32 flags; + int use_4addr; + u8 macaddr[ETH_ALEN]; + const u8 *vht_mumimo_groups; + const u8 *vht_mumimo_follow_addr; +}; + +/** + * struct key_params - key information + * + * Information about a key + * + * @key: key material + * @key_len: length of key material + * @cipher: cipher suite selector + * @seq: sequence counter (IV/PN) for TKIP and CCMP keys, only used + * with the get_key() callback, must be in little endian, + * length given by @seq_len. + * @seq_len: length of @seq. + * @vlan_id: vlan_id for VLAN group key (if nonzero) + * @mode: key install mode (RX_TX, NO_TX or SET_TX) + */ +struct key_params { + const u8 *key; + const u8 *seq; + int key_len; + int seq_len; + u16 vlan_id; + u32 cipher; + enum nl80211_key_mode mode; +}; + +/** + * struct cfg80211_chan_def - channel definition + * @chan: the (control) channel + * @width: channel width + * @center_freq1: center frequency of first segment + * @center_freq2: center frequency of second segment + * (only with 80+80 MHz) + * @edmg: define the EDMG channels configuration. + * If edmg is requested (i.e. the .channels member is non-zero), + * chan will define the primary channel and all other + * parameters are ignored. + * @freq1_offset: offset from @center_freq1, in KHz + */ +struct cfg80211_chan_def { + struct ieee80211_channel *chan; + enum nl80211_chan_width width; + u32 center_freq1; + u32 center_freq2; + struct ieee80211_edmg edmg; + u16 freq1_offset; +}; + +/* + * cfg80211_bitrate_mask - masks for bitrate control + */ +struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask { + struct { + u32 legacy; + u8 ht_mcs[IEEE80211_HT_MCS_MASK_LEN]; + u16 vht_mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX]; + u16 he_mcs[NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX]; + enum nl80211_txrate_gi gi; + enum nl80211_he_gi he_gi; + enum nl80211_he_ltf he_ltf; + } control[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; +}; + + +/** + * struct cfg80211_tid_cfg - TID specific configuration + * @config_override: Flag to notify driver to reset TID configuration + * of the peer. + * @tids: bitmap of TIDs to modify + * @mask: bitmap of attributes indicating which parameter changed, + * similar to &nl80211_tid_config_supp. + * @noack: noack configuration value for the TID + * @retry_long: retry count value + * @retry_short: retry count value + * @ampdu: Enable/Disable MPDU aggregation + * @rtscts: Enable/Disable RTS/CTS + * @amsdu: Enable/Disable MSDU aggregation + * @txrate_type: Tx bitrate mask type + * @txrate_mask: Tx bitrate to be applied for the TID + */ +struct cfg80211_tid_cfg { + bool config_override; + u8 tids; + u64 mask; + enum nl80211_tid_config noack; + u8 retry_long, retry_short; + enum nl80211_tid_config ampdu; + enum nl80211_tid_config rtscts; + enum nl80211_tid_config amsdu; + enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting txrate_type; + struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask txrate_mask; +}; + +/** + * struct cfg80211_tid_config - TID configuration + * @peer: Station's MAC address + * @n_tid_conf: Number of TID specific configurations to be applied + * @tid_conf: Configuration change info + */ +struct cfg80211_tid_config { + const u8 *peer; + u32 n_tid_conf; + struct cfg80211_tid_cfg tid_conf[]; +}; + +/** + * struct cfg80211_fils_aad - FILS AAD data + * @macaddr: STA MAC address + * @kek: FILS KEK + * @kek_len: FILS KEK length + * @snonce: STA Nonce + * @anonce: AP Nonce + */ +struct cfg80211_fils_aad { + const u8 *macaddr; + const u8 *kek; + u8 kek_len; + const u8 *snonce; + const u8 *anonce; +}; + +/** + * cfg80211_get_chandef_type - return old channel type from chandef + * @chandef: the channel definition + * + * Return: The old channel type (NOHT, HT20, HT40+/-) from a given + * chandef, which must have a bandwidth allowing this conversion. + */ +static inline enum nl80211_channel_type +cfg80211_get_chandef_type(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) +{ + switch (chandef->width) { + case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: + return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT; + case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: + return NL80211_CHAN_HT20; + case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: + if (chandef->center_freq1 > chandef->chan->center_freq) + return NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS; + return NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS; + default: + WARN_ON(1); + return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT; + } +} + +/** + * cfg80211_chandef_create - create channel definition using channel type + * @chandef: the channel definition struct to fill + * @channel: the control channel + * @chantype: the channel type + * + * Given a channel type, create a channel definition. + */ +void cfg80211_chandef_create(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, + struct ieee80211_channel *channel, + enum nl80211_channel_type chantype); + +/** + * cfg80211_chandef_identical - check if two channel definitions are identical + * @chandef1: first channel definition + * @chandef2: second channel definition + * + * Return: %true if the channels defined by the channel definitions are + * identical, %false otherwise. + */ +static inline bool +cfg80211_chandef_identical(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1, + const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2) +{ + return (chandef1->chan == chandef2->chan && + chandef1->width == chandef2->width && + chandef1->center_freq1 == chandef2->center_freq1 && + chandef1->freq1_offset == chandef2->freq1_offset && + chandef1->center_freq2 == chandef2->center_freq2); +} + +/** + * cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg - check if chandef represents an EDMG channel + * + * @chandef: the channel definition + * + * Return: %true if EDMG defined, %false otherwise. + */ +static inline bool +cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) +{ + return chandef->edmg.channels || chandef->edmg.bw_config; +} + +/** + * cfg80211_chandef_compatible - check if two channel definitions are compatible + * @chandef1: first channel definition + * @chandef2: second channel definition + * + * Return: %NULL if the given channel definitions are incompatible, + * chandef1 or chandef2 otherwise. + */ +const struct cfg80211_chan_def * +cfg80211_chandef_compatible(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1, + const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2); + +/** + * cfg80211_chandef_valid - check if a channel definition is valid + * @chandef: the channel definition to check + * Return: %true if the channel definition is valid. %false otherwise. + */ +bool cfg80211_chandef_valid(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); + +/** + * cfg80211_chandef_usable - check if secondary channels can be used + * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against + * @chandef: the channel definition to check + * @prohibited_flags: the regulatory channel flags that must not be set + * Return: %true if secondary channels are usable. %false otherwise. + */ +bool cfg80211_chandef_usable(struct wiphy *wiphy, + const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, + u32 prohibited_flags); + +/** + * cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required - checks if radar detection is required + * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against + * @chandef: the channel definition to check + * @iftype: the interface type as specified in &enum nl80211_iftype + * Returns: + * 1 if radar detection is required, 0 if it is not, < 0 on error + */ +int cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required(struct wiphy *wiphy, + const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, + enum nl80211_iftype iftype); + +/** + * ieee80211_chanwidth_rate_flags - return rate flags for channel width + * @width: the channel width of the channel + * + * In some channel types, not all rates may be used - for example CCK + * rates may not be used in 5/10 MHz channels. + * + * Returns: rate flags which apply for this channel width + */ +static inline enum ieee80211_rate_flags +ieee80211_chanwidth_rate_flags(enum nl80211_chan_width width) +{ + switch (width) { + case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: + return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ; + case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: + return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ; + default: + break; + } + return 0; +} + +/** + * ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags - returns rate flags for a channel + * @chandef: channel definition for the channel + * + * See ieee80211_chanwidth_rate_flags(). + * + * Returns: rate flags which apply for this channel + */ +static inline enum ieee80211_rate_flags +ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) +{ + return ieee80211_chanwidth_rate_flags(chandef->width); +} + +/** + * ieee80211_chandef_max_power - maximum transmission power for the chandef + * + * In some regulations, the transmit power may depend on the configured channel + * bandwidth which may be defined as dBm/MHz. This function returns the actual + * max_power for non-standard (20 MHz) channels. + * + * @chandef: channel definition for the channel + * + * Returns: maximum allowed transmission power in dBm for the chandef + */ +static inline int +ieee80211_chandef_max_power(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) +{ + switch (chandef->width) { + case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: + return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 6, + chandef->chan->max_power); + case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: + return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 3, + chandef->chan->max_power); + default: + break; + } + return chandef->chan->max_power; +} + +/** + * cfg80211_any_usable_channels - check for usable channels + * @wiphy: the wiphy to check for + * @band_mask: which bands to check on + * @prohibited_flags: which channels to not consider usable, + * %IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED is always taken into account + */ +bool cfg80211_any_usable_channels(struct wiphy *wiphy, + unsigned long band_mask, + u32 prohibited_flags); + +/** + * enum survey_info_flags - survey information flags + * + * @SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM: noise (in dBm) was filled in + * @SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used + * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME: active time (in ms) was filled in + * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: busy time was filled in + * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: extension channel busy time was filled in + * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: receive time was filled in + * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: transmit time was filled in + * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: scan time was filled in + * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: local BSS receive time was filled in + * + * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct survey_info + * it has filled in during the get_survey(). + */ +enum survey_info_flags { + SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM = BIT(0), + SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE = BIT(1), + SURVEY_INFO_TIME = BIT(2), + SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY = BIT(3), + SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY = BIT(4), + SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX = BIT(5), + SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX = BIT(6), + SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN = BIT(7), + SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX = BIT(8), +}; + +/** + * struct survey_info - channel survey response + * + * @channel: the channel this survey record reports, may be %NULL for a single + * record to report global statistics + * @filled: bitflag of flags from &enum survey_info_flags + * @noise: channel noise in dBm. This and all following fields are + * optional + * @time: amount of time in ms the radio was turn on (on the channel) + * @time_busy: amount of time the primary channel was sensed busy + * @time_ext_busy: amount of time the extension channel was sensed busy + * @time_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data + * @time_tx: amount of time the radio spent transmitting data + * @time_scan: amount of time the radio spent for scanning + * @time_bss_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data on a local BSS + * + * Used by dump_survey() to report back per-channel survey information. + * + * This structure can later be expanded with things like + * channel duty cycle etc. + */ +struct survey_info { + struct ieee80211_channel *channel; + u64 time; + u64 time_busy; + u64 time_ext_busy; + u64 time_rx; + u64 time_tx; + u64 time_scan; + u64 time_bss_rx; + u32 filled; + s8 noise; +}; + +#define CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS 4 +#define CFG80211_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES 10 + +/** + * struct cfg80211_crypto_settings - Crypto settings + * @wpa_versions: indicates which, if any, WPA versions are enabled + * (from enum nl80211_wpa_versions) + * @cipher_group: group key cipher suite (or 0 if unset) + * @n_ciphers_pairwise: number of AP supported unicast ciphers + * @ciphers_pairwise: unicast key cipher suites + * @n_akm_suites: number of AKM suites + * @akm_suites: AKM suites + * @control_port: Whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., + * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is + * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by + * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default. + * @control_port_ethertype: the control port protocol that should be + * allowed through even on unauthorized ports + * @control_port_no_encrypt: TRUE to prevent encryption of control port + * protocol frames. + * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control + * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. + * @control_port_no_preauth: disables pre-auth rx over the nl80211 control + * port for mac80211 + * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of + * CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys + * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key + * @psk: PSK (for devices supporting 4-way-handshake offload) + * @sae_pwd: password for SAE authentication (for devices supporting SAE + * offload) + * @sae_pwd_len: length of SAE password (for devices supporting SAE offload) + * @sae_pwe: The mechanisms allowed for SAE PWE derivation: + * + * NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED + * Not-specified, used to indicate userspace did not specify any + * preference. The driver should follow its internal policy in + * such a scenario. + * + * NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK + * Allow hunting-and-pecking loop only + * + * NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT + * Allow hash-to-element only + * + * NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH + * Allow either hunting-and-pecking loop or hash-to-element + */ +struct cfg80211_crypto_settings { + u32 wpa_versions; + u32 cipher_group; + int n_ciphers_pairwise; + u32 ciphers_pairwise[NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES]; + int n_akm_suites; + u32 akm_suites[CFG80211_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES]; + bool control_port; + __be16 control_port_ethertype; + bool control_port_no_encrypt; + bool control_port_over_nl80211; + bool control_port_no_preauth; + struct key_params *wep_keys; + int wep_tx_key; + const u8 *psk; + const u8 *sae_pwd; + u8 sae_pwd_len; + enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism sae_pwe; +}; + +/** + * struct cfg80211_mbssid_config - AP settings for multi bssid + * + * @tx_wdev: pointer to the transmitted interface in the MBSSID set + * @index: index of this AP in the multi bssid group. + * @ema: set to true if the beacons should be sent out in EMA mode. + */ +struct cfg80211_mbssid_config { + struct wireless_dev *tx_wdev; + u8 index; + bool ema; +}; + +/** + * struct cfg80211_mbssid_elems - Multiple BSSID elements + * + * @cnt: Number of elements in array %elems. + * + * @elem: Array of multiple BSSID element(s) to be added into Beacon frames. + * @elem.data: Data for multiple BSSID elements. + * @elem.len: Length of data. + */ +struct cfg80211_mbssid_elems { + u8 cnt; + struct { + const u8 *data; + size_t len; + } elem[]; +}; + +/** + * struct cfg80211_beacon_data - beacon data + * @link_id: the link ID for the AP MLD link sending this beacon + * @head: head portion of beacon (before TIM IE) + * or %NULL if not changed + * @tail: tail portion of beacon (after TIM IE) + * or %NULL if not changed + * @head_len: length of @head + * @tail_len: length of @tail + * @beacon_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Beacon frames or %NULL + * @beacon_ies_len: length of beacon_ies in octets + * @proberesp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Probe Response + * frames or %NULL + * @proberesp_ies_len: length of proberesp_ies in octets + * @assocresp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into (Re)Association + * Response frames or %NULL + * @assocresp_ies_len: length of assocresp_ies in octets + * @probe_resp_len: length of probe response template (@probe_resp) + * @probe_resp: probe response template (AP mode only) + * @mbssid_ies: multiple BSSID elements + * @ftm_responder: enable FTM responder functionality; -1 for no change + * (which also implies no change in LCI/civic location data) + * @lci: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement Token + * (measurement type 8) + * @civicloc: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement + * Token (measurement type 11) + * @lci_len: LCI data length + * @civicloc_len: Civic location data length + * @he_bss_color: BSS Color settings + * @he_bss_color_valid: indicates whether bss color + * attribute is present in beacon data or not. + */ +struct cfg80211_beacon_data { + unsigned int link_id; + + const u8 *head, *tail; + const u8 *beacon_ies; + const u8 *proberesp_ies; + const u8 *assocresp_ies; + const u8 *probe_resp; + const u8 *lci; + const u8 *civicloc; + struct cfg80211_mbssid_elems *mbssid_ies; + s8 ftm_responder; + + size_t head_len, tail_len; + size_t beacon_ies_len; + size_t proberesp_ies_len; + size_t assocresp_ies_len; + size_t probe_resp_len; + size_t lci_len; + size_t civicloc_len; + struct cfg80211_he_bss_color he_bss_color; + bool he_bss_color_valid; +}; + +struct mac_address { + u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; +}; + +/** + * struct cfg80211_acl_data - Access control list data + * + * @acl_policy: ACL policy to be applied on the station's + * entry specified by mac_addr + * @n_acl_entries: Number of MAC address entries passed + * @mac_addrs: List of MAC addresses of stations to be used for ACL + */ +struct cfg80211_acl_data { + enum nl80211_acl_policy acl_policy; + int n_acl_entries; + + /* Keep it last */ + struct mac_address mac_addrs[]; +}; + +/** + * struct cfg80211_fils_discovery - FILS discovery parameters from + * IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016, Annex C.3 MIB detail. + * + * @min_interval: Minimum packet interval in TUs (0 - 10000) + * @max_interval: Maximum packet interval in TUs (0 - 10000) + * @tmpl_len: Template length + * @tmpl: Template data for FILS discovery frame including the action + * frame headers. + */ +struct cfg80211_fils_discovery { + u32 min_interval; + u32 max_interval; + size_t tmpl_len; + const u8 *tmpl; +}; + +/** + * struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp - Unsolicited broadcast probe + * response parameters in 6GHz. + * + * @interval: Packet interval in TUs. Maximum allowed is 20 TU, as mentioned + * in IEEE P802.11ax/D6.0 26.17.2.3.2 - AP behavior for fast passive + * scanning + * @tmpl_len: Template length + * @tmpl: Template data for probe response + */ +struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp { + u32 interval; + size_t tmpl_len; + const u8 *tmpl; +}; + +/** + * struct cfg80211_ap_settings - AP configuration + * + * Used to configure an AP interface. + * + * @chandef: defines the channel to use + * @beacon: beacon data + * @beacon_interval: beacon interval + * @dtim_period: DTIM period + * @ssid: SSID to be used in the BSS (note: may be %NULL if not provided from + * user space) + * @ssid_len: length of @ssid + * @hidden_ssid: whether to hide the SSID in Beacon/Probe Response frames + * @crypto: crypto settings + * @privacy: the BSS uses privacy + * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) + * @smps_mode: SMPS mode + * @inactivity_timeout: time in seconds to determine station's inactivity. + * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window + * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS + * @acl: ACL configuration used by the drivers which has support for + * MAC address based access control + * @pbss: If set, start as a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG + * networks. + * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons + * @ht_cap: HT capabilities (or %NULL if HT isn't enabled) + * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities (or %NULL if VHT isn't enabled) + * @he_cap: HE capabilities (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled) + * @eht_cap: EHT capabilities (or %NULL if EHT isn't enabled) + * @eht_oper: EHT operation IE (or %NULL if EHT isn't enabled) + * @ht_required: stations must support HT + * @vht_required: stations must support VHT + * @twt_responder: Enable Target Wait Time + * @he_required: stations must support HE + * @sae_h2e_required: stations must support direct H2E technique in SAE + * @flags: flags, as defined in enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags + * @he_obss_pd: OBSS Packet Detection settings + * @he_oper: HE operation IE (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled) + * @fils_discovery: FILS discovery transmission parameters + * @unsol_bcast_probe_resp: Unsolicited broadcast probe response parameters + * @mbssid_config: AP settings for multiple bssid + */ +struct cfg80211_ap_settings { + struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; + + struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon; + + int beacon_interval, dtim_period; + const u8 *ssid; + size_t ssid_len; + enum nl80211_hidden_ssid hidden_ssid; + struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; + bool privacy; + enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; + enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode; + int inactivity_timeout; + u8 p2p_ctwindow; + bool p2p_opp_ps; + const struct cfg80211_acl_data *acl; + bool pbss; + struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate; + + const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_cap; + const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_cap; + const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_cap; + const struct ieee80211_he_operation *he_oper; + const struct ieee80211_eht_cap_elem *eht_cap; + const struct ieee80211_eht_operation *eht_oper; + bool ht_required, vht_required, he_required, sae_h2e_required; + bool twt_responder; + u32 flags; + struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd he_obss_pd; + struct cfg80211_fils_discovery fils_discovery; + struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp unsol_bcast_probe_resp; + struct cfg80211_mbssid_config mbssid_config; +}; + +/** + * struct cfg80211_csa_settings - channel switch settings + * + * Used for channel switch + * + * @chandef: defines the channel to use after the switch + * @beacon_csa: beacon data while performing the switch + * @counter_offsets_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail) + * @counter_offsets_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response + * @n_counter_offsets_beacon: number of csa counters the beacon (tail) + * @n_counter_offsets_presp: number of csa counters in the probe response + * @beacon_after: beacon data to be used on the new channel + * @radar_required: whether radar detection is required on the new channel + * @block_tx: whether transmissions should be blocked while changing + * @count: number of beacons until switch + */ +struct cfg80211_csa_settings { + struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; + struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_csa; + const u16 *counter_offsets_beacon; + const u16 *counter_offsets_presp; + unsigned int n_counter_offsets_beacon; + unsigned int n_counter_offsets_presp; + struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_after; + bool radar_required; + bool block_tx; + u8 count; +}; + +/** + * struct cfg80211_color_change_settings - color change settings + * + * Used for bss color change + * + * @beacon_color_change: beacon data while performing the color countdown + * @counter_offset_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail) + * @counter_offset_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response + * @beacon_next: beacon data to be used after the color change + * @count: number of beacons until the color change + * @color: the color used after the change + */ +struct cfg80211_color_change_settings { + struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_color_change; + u16 counter_offset_beacon; + u16 counter_offset_presp; + struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_next; + u8 count; + u8 color; +}; + +/** + * struct iface_combination_params - input parameters for interface combinations + * + * Used to pass interface combination parameters + * + * @num_different_channels: the number of different channels we want + * to use for verification + * @radar_detect: a bitmap where each bit corresponds to a channel + * width where radar detection is needed, as in the definition of + * &struct ieee80211_iface_combination.@radar_detect_widths + * @iftype_num: array with the number of interfaces of each interface + * type. The index is the interface type as specified in &enum + * nl80211_iftype. + * @new_beacon_int: set this to the beacon interval of a new interface + * that's not operating yet, if such is to be checked as part of + * the verification + */ +struct iface_combination_params { + int num_different_channels; + u8 radar_detect; + int iftype_num[NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES]; + u32 new_beacon_int; +}; + +/** + * enum station_parameters_apply_mask - station parameter values to apply + * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD: apply new uAPSD parameters (uapsd_queues, max_sp) + * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY: apply new capability + * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE: apply new plink state + * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_STA_TXPOWER: apply tx power for STA + * + * Not all station parameters have in-band "no change" signalling, + * for those that don't these flags will are used. + */ +enum station_parameters_apply_mask { + STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD = BIT(0), + STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY = BIT(1), + STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE = BIT(2), +}; + +/** + * struct sta_txpwr - station txpower configuration + * + * Used to configure txpower for station. + * + * @power: tx power (in dBm) to be used for sending data traffic. If tx power + * is not provided, the default per-interface tx power setting will be + * overriding. Driver should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx + * power per-interface or per-station. + * @type: In particular if TPC %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED then tx power + * will be less than or equal to specified from userspace, whereas if TPC + * %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC then it indicates default tx power. + * NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED is not a valid configuration option for + * per peer TPC. + */ +struct sta_txpwr { + s16 power; + enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type; +}; + +/** + * struct link_station_parameters - link station parameters + * + * Used to change and create a new link station. + * + * @mld_mac: MAC address of the station + * @link_id: the link id (-1 for non-MLD station) + * @link_mac: MAC address of the link + * @supported_rates: supported rates in IEEE 802.11 format + * (or NULL for no change) + * @supported_rates_len: number of supported rates + * @ht_capa: HT capabilities of station + * @vht_capa: VHT capabilities of station + * @opmode_notif: operating mode field from Operating Mode Notification + * @opmode_notif_used: information if operating mode field is used + * @he_capa: HE capabilities of station + * @he_capa_len: the length of the HE capabilities + * @txpwr: transmit power for an associated station + * @txpwr_set: txpwr field is set + * @he_6ghz_capa: HE 6 GHz Band capabilities of station + * @eht_capa: EHT capabilities of station + * @eht_capa_len: the length of the EHT capabilities + */ +struct link_station_parameters { + const u8 *mld_mac; + int link_id; + const u8 *link_mac; + const u8 *supported_rates; + u8 supported_rates_len; + const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa; + const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa; + u8 opmode_notif; + bool opmode_notif_used; + const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_capa; + u8 he_capa_len; + struct sta_txpwr txpwr; + bool txpwr_set; + const struct ieee80211_he_6ghz_capa *he_6ghz_capa; + const struct ieee80211_eht_cap_elem *eht_capa; + u8 eht_capa_len; +}; + +/** + * struct link_station_del_parameters - link station deletion parameters + * + * Used to delete a link station entry (or all stations). + * + * @mld_mac: MAC address of the station + * @link_id: the link id + */ +struct link_station_del_parameters { + const u8 *mld_mac; + u32 link_id; +}; + +/** + * struct station_parameters - station parameters + * + * Used to change and create a new station. + * + * @vlan: vlan interface station should belong to + * @sta_flags_mask: station flags that changed + * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...)) + * @sta_flags_set: station flags values + * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...)) + * @listen_interval: listen interval or -1 for no change + * @aid: AID or zero for no change + * @vlan_id: VLAN ID for station (if nonzero) + * @peer_aid: mesh peer AID or zero for no change + * @plink_action: plink action to take + * @plink_state: set the peer link state for a station + * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. same format + * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field + * @max_sp: max Service Period. same format as the MAX_SP in the + * QoS info field (but already shifted down) + * @sta_modify_mask: bitmap indicating which parameters changed + * (for those that don't have a natural "no change" value), + * see &enum station_parameters_apply_mask + * @local_pm: local link-specific mesh power save mode (no change when set + * to unknown) + * @capability: station capability + * @ext_capab: extended capabilities of the station + * @ext_capab_len: number of extended capabilities + * @supported_channels: supported channels in IEEE 802.11 format + * @supported_channels_len: number of supported channels + * @supported_oper_classes: supported oper classes in IEEE 802.11 format + * @supported_oper_classes_len: number of supported operating classes + * @support_p2p_ps: information if station supports P2P PS mechanism + * @airtime_weight: airtime scheduler weight for this station + * @link_sta_params: link related params. + */ +struct station_parameters { + struct net_device *vlan; + u32 sta_flags_mask, sta_flags_set; + u32 sta_modify_mask; + int listen_interval; + u16 aid; + u16 vlan_id; + u16 peer_aid; + u8 plink_action; + u8 plink_state; + u8 uapsd_queues; + u8 max_sp; + enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm; + u16 capability; + const u8 *ext_capab; + u8 ext_capab_len; + const u8 *supported_channels; + u8 supported_channels_len; + const u8 *supported_oper_classes; + u8 supported_oper_classes_len; + int support_p2p_ps; + u16 airtime_weight; + struct link_station_parameters link_sta_params; +}; + +/** + * struct station_del_parameters - station deletion parameters + * + * Used to delete a station entry (or all stations). + * + * @mac: MAC address of the station to remove or NULL to remove all stations + * @subtype: Management frame subtype to use for indicating removal + * (10 = Disassociation, 12 = Deauthentication) + * @reason_code: Reason code for the Disassociation/Deauthentication frame + */ +struct station_del_parameters { + const u8 *mac; + u8 subtype; + u16 reason_code; +}; + +/** + * enum cfg80211_station_type - the type of station being modified + * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT: client of an AP interface + * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC: client of an AP interface that is still + * unassociated (update properties for this type of client is permitted) + * @CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT: client of an AP interface that has + * the AP MLME in the device + * @CFG80211_STA_AP_STA: AP station on managed interface + * @CFG80211_STA_IBSS: IBSS station + * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP: TDLS peer on managed interface (dummy entry + * while TDLS setup is in progress, it moves out of this state when + * being marked authorized; use this only if TDLS with external setup is + * supported/used) + * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE: TDLS peer on managed interface (active + * entry that is operating, has been marked authorized by userspace) + * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL: peer on mesh interface (kernel managed) + * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER: peer on mesh interface (user managed) + */ +enum cfg80211_station_type { + CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT, + CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC, + CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT, + CFG80211_STA_AP_STA, + CFG80211_STA_IBSS, + CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP, + CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE, + CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL, + CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER, +}; + +/** + * cfg80211_check_station_change - validate parameter changes + * @wiphy: the wiphy this operates on + * @params: the new parameters for a station + * @statype: the type of station being modified + * + * Utility function for the @change_station driver method. Call this function + * with the appropriate station type looking up the station (and checking that + * it exists). It will verify whether the station change is acceptable, and if + * not will return an error code. Note that it may modify the parameters for + * backward compatibility reasons, so don't use them before calling this. + */ +int cfg80211_check_station_change(struct wiphy *wiphy, + struct station_parameters *params, + enum cfg80211_station_type statype); + +/** + * enum rate_info_flags - bitrate info flags + * + * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission + * type for 802.11n transmissions. + * + * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS: mcs field filled with HT MCS + * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS: mcs field filled with VHT MCS + * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval + * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG: 60GHz MCS + * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS: HE MCS information + * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG: 60GHz MCS in EDMG mode + * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EXTENDED_SC_DMG: 60GHz extended SC MCS + * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EHT_MCS: EHT MCS information + */ +enum rate_info_flags { + RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS = BIT(0), + RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS = BIT(1), + RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI = BIT(2), + RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG = BIT(3), + RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS = BIT(4), + RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG = BIT(5), + RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EXTENDED_SC_DMG = BIT(6), + RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EHT_MCS = BIT(7), +}; + +/** + * enum rate_info_bw - rate bandwidth information + * + * Used by the driver to indicate the rate bandwidth. + * + * @RATE_INFO_BW_5: 5 MHz bandwidth + * @RATE_INFO_BW_10: 10 MHz bandwidth + * @RATE_INFO_BW_20: 20 MHz bandwidth + * @RATE_INFO_BW_40: 40 MHz bandwidth + * @RATE_INFO_BW_80: 80 MHz bandwidth + * @RATE_INFO_BW_160: 160 MHz bandwidth + * @RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU: bandwidth determined by HE RU allocation + * @RATE_INFO_BW_320: 320 MHz bandwidth + * @RATE_INFO_BW_EHT_RU: bandwidth determined by EHT RU allocation + */ +enum rate_info_bw { + RATE_INFO_BW_20 = 0, + RATE_INFO_BW_5, + RATE_INFO_BW_10, + RATE_INFO_BW_40, + RATE_INFO_BW_80, + RATE_INFO_BW_160, + RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU, + RATE_INFO_BW_320, + RATE_INFO_BW_EHT_RU, +}; + +/** + * struct rate_info - bitrate information + * + * Information about a receiving or transmitting bitrate + * + * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum rate_info_flags + * @mcs: mcs index if struct describes an HT/VHT/HE rate + * @legacy: bitrate in 100kbit/s for 802.11abg + * @nss: number of streams (VHT & HE only) + * @bw: bandwidth (from &enum rate_info_bw) + * @he_gi: HE guard interval (from &enum nl80211_he_gi) + * @he_dcm: HE DCM value + * @he_ru_alloc: HE RU allocation (from &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc, + * only valid if bw is %RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU) + * @n_bonded_ch: In case of EDMG the number of bonded channels (1-4) + * @eht_gi: EHT guard interval (from &enum nl80211_eht_gi) + * @eht_ru_alloc: EHT RU allocation (from &enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc, + * only valid if bw is %RATE_INFO_BW_EHT_RU) + */ +struct rate_info { + u8 flags; + u8 mcs; + u16 legacy; + u8 nss; + u8 bw; + u8 he_gi; + u8 he_dcm; + u8 he_ru_alloc; + u8 n_bonded_ch; + u8 eht_gi; + u8 eht_ru_alloc; +}; + +/** + * enum bss_param_flags - bitrate info flags + * + * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission + * type for 802.11n transmissions. + * + * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled + * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled + * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled + */ +enum bss_param_flags { + BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT = 1<<0, + BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE = 1<<1, + BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME = 1<<2, +}; + +/** + * struct sta_bss_parameters - BSS parameters for the attached station + * + * Information about the currently associated BSS + * + * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum bss_param_flags + * @dtim_period: DTIM period for the BSS + * @beacon_interval: beacon interval + */ +struct sta_bss_parameters { + u8 flags; + u8 dtim_period; + u16 beacon_interval; +}; + +/** + * struct cfg80211_txq_stats - TXQ statistics for this TID + * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_txq_stats to + * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled + * @backlog_bytes: total number of bytes currently backlogged + * @backlog_packets: total number of packets currently backlogged + * @flows: number of new flows seen + * @drops: total number of packets dropped + * @ecn_marks: total number of packets marked with ECN CE + * @overlimit: number of drops due to queue space overflow + * @overmemory: number of drops due to memory limit overflow + * @collisions: number of hash collisions + * @tx_bytes: total number of bytes dequeued + * @tx_packets: total number of packets dequeued + * @max_flows: maximum number of flows supported + */ +struct cfg80211_txq_stats { + u32 filled; + u32 backlog_bytes; + u32 backlog_packets; + u32 flows; + u32 drops; + u32 ecn_marks; + u32 overlimit; + u32 overmemory; + u32 collisions; + u32 tx_bytes; + u32 tx_packets; + u32 max_flows; +}; + +/** + * struct cfg80211_tid_stats - per-TID statistics + * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_tid_stats to + * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled + * @rx_msdu: number of received MSDUs + * @tx_msdu: number of (attempted) transmitted MSDUs + * @tx_msdu_retries: number of retries (not counting the first) for + * transmitted MSDUs + * @tx_msdu_failed: number of failed transmitted MSDUs + * @txq_stats: TXQ statistics + */ +struct cfg80211_tid_stats { + u32 filled; + u64 rx_msdu; + u64 tx_msdu; + u64 tx_msdu_retries; + u64 tx_msdu_failed; + struct cfg80211_txq_stats txq_stats; +}; + +#define IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS 4 + +/** + * struct station_info - station information + * + * Station information filled by driver for get_station() and dump_station. + * + * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_sta_info to + * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them + * @connected_time: time(in secs) since a station is last connected + * @inactive_time: time since last station activity (tx/rx) in milliseconds + * @assoc_at: bootime (ns) of the last association + * @rx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) received from this station + * @tx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) transmitted to this station + * @llid: mesh local link id + * @plid: mesh peer link id + * @plink_state: mesh peer link state + * @signal: The signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type. + * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_. + * @signal_avg: Average signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type. + * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_. + * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal, @chain_signal_avg + * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received packet in dBm + * @chain_signal_avg: per-chain signal strength average in dBm + * @txrate: current unicast bitrate from this station + * @rxrate: current unicast bitrate to this station + * @rx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) received from this station + * @tx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) transmitted to this station + * @tx_retries: cumulative retry counts (MPDUs) + * @tx_failed: number of failed transmissions (MPDUs) (retries exceeded, no ACK) + * @rx_dropped_misc: Dropped for un-specified reason. + * @bss_param: current BSS parameters + * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps. + * This number should increase every time the list of stations + * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that + * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot. + * @assoc_req_ies: IEs from (Re)Association Request. + * This is used only when in AP mode with drivers that do not use + * user space MLME/SME implementation. The information is provided for + * the cfg80211_new_sta() calls to notify user space of the IEs. + * @assoc_req_ies_len: Length of assoc_req_ies buffer in octets. + * @sta_flags: station flags mask & values + * @beacon_loss_count: Number of times beacon loss event has triggered. + * @t_offset: Time offset of the station relative to this host. + * @local_pm: local mesh STA power save mode + * @peer_pm: peer mesh STA power save mode + * @nonpeer_pm: non-peer mesh STA power save mode + * @expected_throughput: expected throughput in kbps (including 802.11 headers) + * towards this station. + * @rx_beacon: number of beacons received from this peer + * @rx_beacon_signal_avg: signal strength average (in dBm) for beacons received + * from this peer + * @connected_to_gate: true if mesh STA has a path to mesh gate + * @rx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames from a peer + * @tx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames to a peer + * @airtime_weight: current airtime scheduling weight + * @pertid: per-TID statistics, see &struct cfg80211_tid_stats, using the last + * (IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS) index for MSDUs not encapsulated in QoS-MPDUs. + * Note that this doesn't use the @filled bit, but is used if non-NULL. + * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the last ACK frame. + * @avg_ack_signal: average rssi value of ack packet for the no of msdu's has + * been sent. + * @rx_mpdu_count: number of MPDUs received from this station + * @fcs_err_count: number of packets (MPDUs) received from this station with + * an FCS error. This counter should be incremented only when TA of the + * received packet with an FCS error matches the peer MAC address. + * @airtime_link_metric: mesh airtime link metric. + * @connected_to_as: true if mesh STA has a path to authentication server + */ +struct station_info { + u64 filled; + u32 connected_time; + u32 inactive_time; + u64 assoc_at; + u64 rx_bytes; + u64 tx_bytes; + u16 llid; + u16 plid; + u8 plink_state; + s8 signal; + s8 signal_avg; + + u8 chains; + s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; + s8 chain_signal_avg[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; + + struct rate_info txrate; + struct rate_info rxrate; + u32 rx_packets; + u32 tx_packets; + u32 tx_retries; + u32 tx_failed; + u32 rx_dropped_misc; + struct sta_bss_parameters bss_param; + struct nl80211_sta_flag_update sta_flags; + + int generation; + + const u8 *assoc_req_ies; + size_t assoc_req_ies_len; + + u32 beacon_loss_count; + s64 t_offset; + enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm; + enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode peer_pm; + enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode nonpeer_pm; + + u32 expected_throughput; + + u64 tx_duration; + u64 rx_duration; + u64 rx_beacon; + u8 rx_beacon_signal_avg; + u8 connected_to_gate; + + struct cfg80211_tid_stats *pertid; + s8 ack_signal; + s8 avg_ack_signal; + + u16 airtime_weight; + + u32 rx_mpdu_count; + u32 fcs_err_count; + + u32 airtime_link_metric; + + u8 connected_to_as; +}; + +/** + * struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs - sub specs limit + * @power: power limitation in 0.25dbm + * @freq_range_index: index the power limitation applies to + */ +struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs { + s32 power; + u32 freq_range_index; +}; + +/** + * struct cfg80211_sar_specs - sar limit specs + * @type: it's set with power in 0.25dbm or other types + * @num_sub_specs: number of sar sub specs + * @sub_specs: memory to hold the sar sub specs + */ +struct cfg80211_sar_specs { + enum nl80211_sar_type type; + u32 num_sub_specs; + struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs sub_specs[]; +}; + + +/** + * struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges - sar frequency ranges + * @start_freq: start range edge frequency + * @end_freq: end range edge frequency + */ +struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges { + u32 start_freq; + u32 end_freq; +}; + +/** + * struct cfg80211_sar_capa - sar limit capability + * @type: it's set via power in 0.25dbm or other types + * @num_freq_ranges: number of frequency ranges + * @freq_ranges: memory to hold the freq ranges. + * + * Note: WLAN driver may append new ranges or split an existing + * range to small ones and then append them. + */ +struct cfg80211_sar_capa { + enum nl80211_sar_type type; + u32 num_freq_ranges; + const struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges *freq_ranges; +}; + +#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_CFG80211) +/** + * cfg80211_get_station - retrieve information about a given station + * @dev: the device where the station is supposed to be connected to + * @mac_addr: the mac address of the station of interest + * @sinfo: pointer to the structure to fill with the information + * + * Returns 0 on success and sinfo is filled with the available information + * otherwise returns a negative error code and the content of sinfo has to be + * considered undefined. + */ +int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, + struct station_info *sinfo); +#else +static inline int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, + const u8 *mac_addr, + struct station_info *sinfo) +{ + return -ENOENT; +} +#endif + +/** + * enum monitor_flags - monitor flags + * + * Monitor interface configuration flags. Note that these must be the bits + * according to the nl80211 flags. + * + * @MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED: set if the flags were changed + * @MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS + * @MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP + * @MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames + * @MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering + * @MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing + * @MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE: active monitor, ACKs frames on its MAC address + */ +enum monitor_flags { + MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED = 1<<__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID, + MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL, + MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL, + MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL, + MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS, + MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES, + MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE, +}; + +/** + * enum mpath_info_flags - mesh path information flags + * + * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct mpath_info it has filled + * in during get_station() or dump_station(). + * + * @MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: @frame_qlen filled + * @MPATH_INFO_SN: @sn filled + * @MPATH_INFO_METRIC: @metric filled + * @MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: @exptime filled + * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: @discovery_timeout filled + * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: @discovery_retries filled + * @MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: @flags filled + * @MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: @hop_count filled + * @MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: @path_change_count filled + */ +enum mpath_info_flags { + MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN = BIT(0), + MPATH_INFO_SN = BIT(1), + MPATH_INFO_METRIC = BIT(2), + MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME = BIT(3), + MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT = BIT(4), + MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES = BIT(5), + MPATH_INFO_FLAGS = BIT(6), + MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT = BIT(7), + MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE = BIT(8), +}; + +/** + * struct mpath_info - mesh path information + * + * Mesh path information filled by driver for get_mpath() and dump_mpath(). + * + * @filled: bitfield of flags from &enum mpath_info_flags + * @frame_qlen: number of queued frames for this destination + * @sn: target sequence number + * @metric: metric (cost) of this mesh path + * @exptime: expiration time for the mesh path from now, in msecs + * @flags: mesh path flags + * @discovery_timeout: total mesh path discovery timeout, in msecs + * @discovery_retries: mesh path discovery retries + * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps. + * This number should increase every time the list of mesh paths + * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that + * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot. + * @hop_count: hops to destination + * @path_change_count: total number of path changes to destination + */ +struct mpath_info { + u32 filled; + u32 frame_qlen; + u32 sn; + u32 metric; + u32 exptime; + u32 discovery_timeout; + u8 discovery_retries; + u8 flags; + u8 hop_count; + u32 path_change_count; + + int generation; +}; + +/** + * struct bss_parameters - BSS parameters + * + * Used to change BSS parameters (mainly for AP mode). + * + * @use_cts_prot: Whether to use CTS protection + * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) + * @use_short_preamble: Whether the use of short preambles is allowed + * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) + * @use_short_slot_time: Whether the use of short slot time is allowed + * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) + * @basic_rates: basic rates in IEEE 802.11 format + * (or NULL for no change) + * @basic_rates_len: number of basic rates + * @ap_isolate: do not forward packets between connected stations + * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) + * @ht_opmode: HT Operation mode + * (u16 = opmode, -1 = do not change) + * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window (-1 = no change) + * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS (-1 = no change) + */ +struct bss_parameters { + int use_cts_prot; + int use_short_preamble; + int use_short_slot_time; + const u8 *basic_rates; + u8 basic_rates_len; + int ap_isolate; + int ht_opmode; + s8 p2p_ctwindow, p2p_opp_ps; +}; + +/** + * struct mesh_config - 802.11s mesh configuration + * + * These parameters can be changed while the mesh is active. + * + * @dot11MeshRetryTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units used + * by the Mesh Peering Open message + * @dot11MeshConfirmTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units + * used by the Mesh Peering Open message + * @dot11MeshHoldingTimeout: the confirm timeout in millisecond units used by + * the mesh peering management to close a mesh peering + * @dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks: the maximum number of peer links allowed on this + * mesh interface + * @dot11MeshMaxRetries: the maximum number of peer link open retries that can + * be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a mesh + * @dot11MeshTTL: the value of TTL field set at a source mesh STA + * @element_ttl: the value of TTL field set at a mesh STA for path selection + * elements + * @auto_open_plinks: whether we should automatically open peer links when we + * detect compatible mesh peers + * @dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor: the maximum number of neighbors to + * synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method + * @dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries: the number of action frames containing a PREQ + * that an originator mesh STA can send to a particular path target + * @path_refresh_time: how frequently to refresh mesh paths in milliseconds + * @min_discovery_timeout: the minimum length of time to wait until giving up on + * a path discovery in milliseconds + * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout: the time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs + * receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from the + * root to be valid. (TU = time unit) + * @dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during + * which a mesh STA can send only one action frame containing a PREQ + * element + * @dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during + * which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a PERR + * element + * @dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime: the interval of time (in TUs) that + * it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the mesh + * @dot11MeshHWMPRootMode: the configuration of a mesh STA as root mesh STA + * @dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval: the interval of time (in TUs) between root + * announcements are transmitted + * @dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol: whether to advertise that this mesh + * station has access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. (This is + * missnamed in draft 12.0: dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol set to true + * only means that the station will announce others it's a mesh gate, but + * not necessarily using the gate announcement protocol. Still keeping the + * same nomenclature to be in sync with the spec) + * @dot11MeshForwarding: whether the Mesh STA is forwarding or non-forwarding + * entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity) + * @rssi_threshold: the threshold for average signal strength of candidate + * station to establish a peer link + * @ht_opmode: mesh HT protection mode + * + * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout: The time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs + * receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding information to + * the root mesh STA to be valid. + * + * @dot11MeshHWMProotInterval: The interval of time (in TUs) between proactive + * PREQs are transmitted. + * @dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval: The minimum interval of time (in TUs) + * during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing + * a PREQ element for root path confirmation. + * @power_mode: The default mesh power save mode which will be the initial + * setting for new peer links. + * @dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration: The duration in TUs the STA will remain awake + * after transmitting its beacon. + * @plink_timeout: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've established + * peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then remove it + * from the STA's list of peers. Default is 30 minutes. + * @dot11MeshConnectedToAuthServer: if set to true then this mesh STA + * will advertise that it is connected to a authentication server + * in the mesh formation field. + * @dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate: if set to true, advertise that this STA is + * connected to a mesh gate in mesh formation info. If false, the + * value in mesh formation is determined by the presence of root paths + * in the mesh path table + * @dot11MeshNolearn: Try to avoid multi-hop path discovery (e.g. PREQ/PREP + * for HWMP) if the destination is a direct neighbor. Note that this might + * not be the optimal decision as a multi-hop route might be better. So + * if using this setting you will likely also want to disable + * dot11MeshForwarding and use another mesh routing protocol on top. + */ +struct mesh_config { + u16 dot11MeshRetryTimeout; + u16 dot11MeshConfirmTimeout; + u16 dot11MeshHoldingTimeout; + u16 dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks; + u8 dot11MeshMaxRetries; + u8 dot11MeshTTL; + u8 element_ttl; + bool auto_open_plinks; + u32 dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor; + u8 dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries; + u32 path_refresh_time; + u16 min_discovery_timeout; + u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout; + u16 dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval; + u16 dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval; + u16 dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime; + u8 dot11MeshHWMPRootMode; + bool dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate; + bool dot11MeshConnectedToAuthServer; + u16 dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval; + bool dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol; + bool dot11MeshForwarding; + s32 rssi_threshold; + u16 ht_opmode; + u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout; + u16 dot11MeshHWMProotInterval; + u16 dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval; + enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode power_mode; + u16 dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration; + u32 plink_timeout; + bool dot11MeshNolearn; +}; + +/** + * struct mesh_setup - 802.11s mesh setup configuration + * @chandef: defines the channel to use + * @mesh_id: the mesh ID + * @mesh_id_len: length of the mesh ID, at least 1 and at most 32 bytes + * @sync_method: which synchronization method to use + * @path_sel_proto: which path selection protocol to use + * @path_metric: which metric to use + * @auth_id: which authentication method this mesh is using + * @ie: vendor information elements (optional) + * @ie_len: length of vendor information elements + * @is_authenticated: this mesh requires authentication + * @is_secure: this mesh uses security + * @user_mpm: userspace handles all MPM functions + * @dtim_period: DTIM period to use + * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use + * @mcast_rate: multicat rate for Mesh Node [6Mbps is the default for 802.11a] + * @basic_rates: basic rates to use when creating the mesh + * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons + * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e. + * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required + * to operate on DFS channels. + * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control + * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. + * + * These parameters are fixed when the mesh is created. + */ +struct mesh_setup { + struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; + const u8 *mesh_id; + u8 mesh_id_len; + u8 sync_method; + u8 path_sel_proto; + u8 path_metric; + u8 auth_id; + const u8 *ie; + u8 ie_len; + bool is_authenticated; + bool is_secure; + bool user_mpm; + u8 dtim_period; + u16 beacon_interval; + int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; + u32 basic_rates; + struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate; + bool userspace_handles_dfs; + bool control_port_over_nl80211; +}; + +/** + * struct ocb_setup - 802.11p OCB mode setup configuration + * @chandef: defines the channel to use + * + * These parameters are fixed when connecting to the network + */ +struct ocb_setup { + struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; +}; + +/** + * struct ieee80211_txq_params - TX queue parameters + * @ac: AC identifier + * @txop: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled + * @cwmin: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range + * 1..32767] + * @cwmax: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range + * 1..32767] + * @aifs: Arbitration interframe space [0..255] + * @link_id: link_id or -1 for non-MLD + */ +struct ieee80211_txq_params { + enum nl80211_ac ac; + u16 txop; + u16 cwmin; + u16 cwmax; + u8 aifs; + int link_id; +}; + +/** + * DOC: Scanning and BSS list handling + * + * The scanning process itself is fairly simple, but cfg80211 offers quite + * a bit of helper functionality. To start a scan, the scan operation will + * be invoked with a scan definition. This scan definition contains the + * channels to scan, and the SSIDs to send probe requests for (including the + * wildcard, if desired). A passive scan is indicated by having no SSIDs to + * probe. Additionally, a scan request may contain extra information elements + * that should be added to the probe request. The IEs are guaranteed to be + * well-formed, and will not exceed the maximum length the driver advertised + * in the wiphy structure. + * + * When scanning finds a BSS, cfg80211 needs to be notified of that, because + * it is responsible for maintaining the BSS list; the driver should not + * maintain a list itself. For this notification, various functions exist. + * + * Since drivers do not maintain a BSS list, there are also a number of + * functions to search for a BSS and obtain information about it from the + * BSS structure cfg80211 maintains. The BSS list is also made available + * to userspace. + */ + +/** + * struct cfg80211_ssid - SSID description + * @ssid: the SSID + * @ssid_len: length of the ssid + */ +struct cfg80211_ssid { + u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; + u8 ssid_len; +}; + +/** + * struct cfg80211_scan_info - information about completed scan + * @scan_start_tsf: scan start time in terms of the TSF of the BSS that the + * wireless device that requested the scan is connected to. If this + * information is not available, this field is left zero. + * @tsf_bssid: the BSSID according to which %scan_start_tsf is set. + * @aborted: set to true if the scan was aborted for any reason, + * userspace will be notified of that + */ +struct cfg80211_scan_info { + u64 scan_start_tsf; + u8 tsf_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); + bool aborted; +}; + +/** + * struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params - relevant for 6 GHz only + * + * @short_ssid: short ssid to scan for + * @bssid: bssid to scan for + * @channel_idx: idx of the channel in the channel array in the scan request + * which the above info relvant to + * @unsolicited_probe: the AP transmits unsolicited probe response every 20 TU + * @short_ssid_valid: @short_ssid is valid and can be used + * @psc_no_listen: when set, and the channel is a PSC channel, no need to wait + * 20 TUs before starting to send probe requests. + */ +struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params { + u32 short_ssid; + u32 channel_idx; + u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; + bool unsolicited_probe; + bool short_ssid_valid; + bool psc_no_listen; +}; + +/** + * struct cfg80211_scan_request - scan request description + * + * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (active scan only) + * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs + * @channels: channels to scan on. + * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan + * @scan_width: channel width for scanning + * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL + * @ie_len: length of ie in octets + * @duration: how long to listen on each channel, in TUs. If + * %duration_mandatory is not set, this is the maximum dwell time and + * the actual dwell time may be shorter. + * @duration_mandatory: if set, the scan duration must be as specified by the + * %duration field. + * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation + * @rates: bitmap of rates to advertise for each band + * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for + * @scan_start: time (in jiffies) when the scan started + * @wdev: the wireless device to scan for + * @info: (internal) information about completed scan + * @notified: (internal) scan request was notified as done or aborted + * @no_cck: used to send probe requests at non CCK rate in 2GHz band + * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation + * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that + * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should + * be taken from the @mac_addr + * @scan_6ghz: relevant for split scan request only, + * true if this is the second scan request + * @n_6ghz_params: number of 6 GHz params + * @scan_6ghz_params: 6 GHz params + * @bssid: BSSID to scan for (most commonly, the wildcard BSSID) + */ +struct cfg80211_scan_request { + struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids; + int n_ssids; + u32 n_channels; + enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; + const u8 *ie; + size_t ie_len; + u16 duration; + bool duration_mandatory; + u32 flags; + + u32 rates[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; + + struct wireless_dev *wdev; + + u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); + u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); + u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); + + /* internal */ + struct wiphy *wiphy; + unsigned long scan_start; + struct cfg80211_scan_info info; + bool notified; + bool no_cck; + bool scan_6ghz; + u32 n_6ghz_params; + struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params *scan_6ghz_params; + + /* keep last */ + struct ieee80211_channel *channels[]; +}; + +static inline void get_random_mask_addr(u8 *buf, const u8 *addr, const u8 *mask) +{ + int i; + + get_random_bytes(buf, ETH_ALEN); + for (i = 0; i < ETH_ALEN; i++) { + buf[i] &= ~mask[i]; + buf[i] |= addr[i] & mask[i]; + } +} + +/** + * struct cfg80211_match_set - sets of attributes to match + * + * @ssid: SSID to be matched; may be zero-length in case of BSSID match + * or no match (RSSI only) + * @bssid: BSSID to be matched; may be all-zero BSSID in case of SSID match + * or no match (RSSI only) + * @rssi_thold: don't report scan results below this threshold (in s32 dBm) + * @per_band_rssi_thold: Minimum rssi threshold for each band to be applied + * for filtering out scan results received. Drivers advertize this support + * of band specific rssi based filtering through the feature capability + * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD. These band + * specific rssi thresholds take precedence over rssi_thold, if specified. + * If not specified for any band, it will be assigned with rssi_thold of + * corresponding matchset. + */ +struct cfg80211_match_set { + struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; + u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; + s32 rssi_thold; + s32 per_band_rssi_thold[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; +}; + +/** + * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan - scan plan for scheduled scan + * + * @interval: interval between scheduled scan iterations. In seconds. + * @iterations: number of scan iterations in this scan plan. Zero means + * infinite loop. + * The last scan plan will always have this parameter set to zero, + * all other scan plans will have a finite number of iterations. + */ +struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan { + u32 interval; + u32 iterations; +}; + +/** + * struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust - BSS selection with RSSI adjustment. + * + * @band: band of BSS which should match for RSSI level adjustment. + * @delta: value of RSSI level adjustment. + */ +struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust { + enum nl80211_band band; + s8 delta; +}; + +/** + * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request - scheduled scan request description + * + * @reqid: identifies this request. + * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (passed in the probe_reqs in active scans) + * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs + * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan + * @scan_width: channel width for scanning + * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL + * @ie_len: length of ie in octets + * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation + * @match_sets: sets of parameters to be matched for a scan result + * entry to be considered valid and to be passed to the host + * (others are filtered out). + * If ommited, all results are passed. + * @n_match_sets: number of match sets + * @report_results: indicates that results were reported for this request + * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for + * @dev: the interface + * @scan_start: start time of the scheduled scan + * @channels: channels to scan + * @min_rssi_thold: for drivers only supporting a single threshold, this + * contains the minimum over all matchsets + * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation + * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that + * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should + * be taken from the @mac_addr + * @scan_plans: scan plans to be executed in this scheduled scan. Lowest + * index must be executed first. + * @n_scan_plans: number of scan plans, at least 1. + * @rcu_head: RCU callback used to free the struct + * @owner_nlportid: netlink portid of owner (if this should is a request + * owned by a particular socket) + * @nl_owner_dead: netlink owner socket was closed - this request be freed + * @list: for keeping list of requests. + * @delay: delay in seconds to use before starting the first scan + * cycle. The driver may ignore this parameter and start + * immediately (or at any other time), if this feature is not + * supported. + * @relative_rssi_set: Indicates whether @relative_rssi is set or not. + * @relative_rssi: Relative RSSI threshold in dB to restrict scan result + * reporting in connected state to cases where a matching BSS is determined + * to have better or slightly worse RSSI than the current connected BSS. + * The relative RSSI threshold values are ignored in disconnected state. + * @rssi_adjust: delta dB of RSSI preference to be given to the BSSs that belong + * to the specified band while deciding whether a better BSS is reported + * using @relative_rssi. If delta is a negative number, the BSSs that + * belong to the specified band will be penalized by delta dB in relative + * comparisions. + */ +struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request { + u64 reqid; + struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids; + int n_ssids; + u32 n_channels; + enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; + const u8 *ie; + size_t ie_len; + u32 flags; + struct cfg80211_match_set *match_sets; + int n_match_sets; + s32 min_rssi_thold; + u32 delay; + struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan *scan_plans; + int n_scan_plans; + + u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); + u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); + + bool relative_rssi_set; + s8 relative_rssi; + struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust rssi_adjust; + + /* internal */ + struct wiphy *wiphy; + struct net_device *dev; + unsigned long scan_start; + bool report_results; + struct rcu_head rcu_head; + u32 owner_nlportid; + bool nl_owner_dead; + struct list_head list; + + /* keep last */ + struct ieee80211_channel *channels[]; +}; + +/** + * enum cfg80211_signal_type - signal type + * + * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE: no signal strength information available + * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM: signal strength in mBm (100*dBm) + * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC: signal strength, increasing from 0 through 100 + */ +enum cfg80211_signal_type { + CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE, + CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, + CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC, +}; + +/** + * struct cfg80211_inform_bss - BSS inform data + * @chan: channel the frame was received on + * @scan_width: scan width that was used + * @signal: signal strength value, according to the wiphy's + * signal type + * @boottime_ns: timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the information was + * received; should match the time when the frame was actually + * received by the device (not just by the host, in case it was + * buffered on the device) and be accurate to about 10ms. + * If the frame isn't buffered, just passing the return value of + * ktime_get_boottime_ns() is likely appropriate. + * @parent_tsf: the time at the start of reception of the first octet of the + * timestamp field of the frame. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified + * by %parent_bssid. + * @parent_bssid: the BSS according to which %parent_tsf is set. This is set to + * the BSS that requested the scan in which the beacon/probe was received. + * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal. + * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm. + */ +struct cfg80211_inform_bss { + struct ieee80211_channel *chan; + enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; + s32 signal; + u64 boottime_ns; + u64 parent_tsf; + u8 parent_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); + u8 chains; + s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; +}; + +/** + * struct cfg80211_bss_ies - BSS entry IE data + * @tsf: TSF contained in the frame that carried these IEs + * @rcu_head: internal use, for freeing + * @len: length of the IEs + * @from_beacon: these IEs are known to come from a beacon + * @data: IE data + */ +struct cfg80211_bss_ies { + u64 tsf; + struct rcu_head rcu_head; + int len; + bool from_beacon; + u8 data[]; +}; + +/** + * struct cfg80211_bss - BSS description + * + * This structure describes a BSS (which may also be a mesh network) + * for use in scan results and similar. + * + * @channel: channel this BSS is on + * @scan_width: width of the control channel + * @bssid: BSSID of the BSS + * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval as from the frame + * @capability: the capability field in host byte order + * @ies: the information elements (Note that there is no guarantee that these + * are well-formed!); this is a pointer to either the beacon_ies or + * proberesp_ies depending on whether Probe Response frame has been + * received. It is always non-%NULL. + * @beacon_ies: the information elements from the last Beacon frame + * (implementation note: if @hidden_beacon_bss is set this struct doesn't + * own the beacon_ies, but they're just pointers to the ones from the + * @hidden_beacon_bss struct) + * @proberesp_ies: the information elements from the last Probe Response frame + * @hidden_beacon_bss: in case this BSS struct represents a probe response from + * a BSS that hides the SSID in its beacon, this points to the BSS struct + * that holds the beacon data. @beacon_ies is still valid, of course, and + * points to the same data as hidden_beacon_bss->beacon_ies in that case. + * @transmitted_bss: pointer to the transmitted BSS, if this is a + * non-transmitted one (multi-BSSID support) + * @nontrans_list: list of non-transmitted BSS, if this is a transmitted one + * (multi-BSSID support) + * @signal: signal strength value (type depends on the wiphy's signal_type) + * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal. + * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm. + * @bssid_index: index in the multiple BSS set + * @max_bssid_indicator: max number of members in the BSS set + * @priv: private area for driver use, has at least wiphy->bss_priv_size bytes + */ +struct cfg80211_bss { + struct ieee80211_channel *channel; + enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; + + const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *ies; + const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *beacon_ies; + const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *proberesp_ies; + + struct cfg80211_bss *hidden_beacon_bss; + struct cfg80211_bss *transmitted_bss; + struct list_head nontrans_list; + + s32 signal; + + u16 beacon_interval; + u16 capability; + + u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; + u8 chains; + s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; + + u8 bssid_index; + u8 max_bssid_indicator; + + u8 priv[] __aligned(sizeof(void *)); +}; + +/** + * ieee80211_bss_get_elem - find element with given ID + * @bss: the bss to search + * @id: the element ID + * + * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so + * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function. + * Return: %NULL if not found. + */ +const struct element *ieee80211_bss_get_elem(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id); + +/** + * ieee80211_bss_get_ie - find IE with given ID + * @bss: the bss to search + * @id: the element ID + * + * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so + * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function. + * Return: %NULL if not found. + */ +static inline const u8 *ieee80211_bss_get_ie(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id) +{ + return (const void *)ieee80211_bss_get_elem(bss, id); +} + + +/** + * struct cfg80211_auth_request - Authentication request data + * + * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 + * authentication. + * + * @bss: The BSS to authenticate with, the callee must obtain a reference + * to it if it needs to keep it. + * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) + * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Authentication frame or %NULL + * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets + * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication + * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication + * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication + * @auth_data: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. This contains + * the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), excluding the + * Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the Authentication + * transaction sequence number field. + * @auth_data_len: Length of auth_data buffer in octets + * @link_id: if >= 0, indicates authentication should be done as an MLD, + * the interface address is included as the MLD address and the + * necessary link (with the given link_id) will be created (and + * given an MLD address) by the driver + * @ap_mld_addr: AP MLD address in case of authentication request with + * an AP MLD, valid iff @link_id >= 0 + */ +struct cfg80211_auth_request { + struct cfg80211_bss *bss; + const u8 *ie; + size_t ie_len; + enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; + const u8 *key; + u8 key_len; + s8 key_idx; + const u8 *auth_data; + size_t auth_data_len; + s8 link_id; + const u8 *ap_mld_addr; +}; + +/** + * struct cfg80211_assoc_link - per-link information for MLO association + * @bss: the BSS pointer, see also &struct cfg80211_assoc_request::bss; + * if this is %NULL for a link, that link is not requested + * @elems: extra elements for the per-STA profile for this link + * @elems_len: length of the elements + */ +struct cfg80211_assoc_link { + struct cfg80211_bss *bss; + const u8 *elems; + size_t elems_len; +}; + +/** + * enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags - Over-ride default behaviour in association. + * + * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT: Disable HT (802.11n) + * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT: Disable VHT + * @ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM: Declare RRM capability in this association + * @CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: User space indicates external + * authentication capability. Drivers can offload authentication to + * userspace if this flag is set. Only applicable for cfg80211_connect() + * request (connect callback). + * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HE: Disable HE + * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_EHT: Disable EHT + * @CONNECT_REQ_MLO_SUPPORT: Userspace indicates support for handling MLD links. + * Drivers shall disable MLO features for the current association if this + * flag is not set. + */ +enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags { + ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT = BIT(0), + ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT = BIT(1), + ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM = BIT(2), + CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = BIT(3), + ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HE = BIT(4), + ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_EHT = BIT(5), + CONNECT_REQ_MLO_SUPPORT = BIT(6), +}; + +/** + * struct cfg80211_assoc_request - (Re)Association request data + * + * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 + * (re)association. + * @bss: The BSS to associate with. If the call is successful the driver is + * given a reference that it must give back to cfg80211_send_rx_assoc() + * or to cfg80211_assoc_timeout(). To ensure proper refcounting, new + * association requests while already associating must be rejected. + * This also applies to the @links.bss parameter, which is used instead + * of this one (it is %NULL) for MLO associations. + * @ie: Extra IEs to add to (Re)Association Request frame or %NULL + * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets + * @use_mfp: Use management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) in this association + * @crypto: crypto settings + * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used + * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request + * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to + * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is + * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request + * frame. + * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags + * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask + * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. + * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. + * @vht_capa: VHT capability override + * @vht_capa_mask: VHT capability mask indicating which fields to use + * @fils_kek: FILS KEK for protecting (Re)Association Request/Response frame or + * %NULL if FILS is not used. + * @fils_kek_len: Length of fils_kek in octets + * @fils_nonces: FILS nonces (part of AAD) for protecting (Re)Association + * Request/Response frame or %NULL if FILS is not used. This field starts + * with 16 octets of STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce. + * @s1g_capa: S1G capability override + * @s1g_capa_mask: S1G capability override mask + * @links: per-link information for MLO connections + * @link_id: >= 0 for MLO connections, where links are given, and indicates + * the link on which the association request should be sent + * @ap_mld_addr: AP MLD address in case of MLO association request, + * valid iff @link_id >= 0 + */ +struct cfg80211_assoc_request { + struct cfg80211_bss *bss; + const u8 *ie, *prev_bssid; + size_t ie_len; + struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; + bool use_mfp; + u32 flags; + struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; + struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; + struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa, vht_capa_mask; + const u8 *fils_kek; + size_t fils_kek_len; + const u8 *fils_nonces; + struct ieee80211_s1g_cap s1g_capa, s1g_capa_mask; + struct cfg80211_assoc_link links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; + const u8 *ap_mld_addr; + s8 link_id; +}; + +/** + * struct cfg80211_deauth_request - Deauthentication request data + * + * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 + * deauthentication. + * + * @bssid: the BSSID or AP MLD address to deauthenticate from + * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Deauthentication frame or %NULL + * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets + * @reason_code: The reason code for the deauthentication + * @local_state_change: if set, change local state only and + * do not set a deauth frame + */ +struct cfg80211_deauth_request { + const u8 *bssid; + const u8 *ie; + size_t ie_len; + u16 reason_code; + bool local_state_change; +}; + +/** + * struct cfg80211_disassoc_request - Disassociation request data + * + * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 + * disassociation. + * + * @ap_addr: the BSSID or AP MLD address to disassociate from + * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Disassociation frame or %NULL + * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets + * @reason_code: The reason code for the disassociation + * @local_state_change: This is a request for a local state only, i.e., no + * Disassociation frame is to be transmitted. + */ +struct cfg80211_disassoc_request { + const u8 *ap_addr; + const u8 *ie; + size_t ie_len; + u16 reason_code; + bool local_state_change; +}; + +/** + * struct cfg80211_ibss_params - IBSS parameters + * + * This structure defines the IBSS parameters for the join_ibss() + * method. + * + * @ssid: The SSID, will always be non-null. + * @ssid_len: The length of the SSID, will always be non-zero. + * @bssid: Fixed BSSID requested, maybe be %NULL, if set do not + * search for IBSSs with a different BSSID. + * @chandef: defines the channel to use if no other IBSS to join can be found + * @channel_fixed: The channel should be fixed -- do not search for + * IBSSs to join on other channels. + * @ie: information element(s) to include in the beacon + * @ie_len: length of that + * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use + * @privacy: this is a protected network, keys will be configured + * after joining + * @control_port: whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., + * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is + * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by + * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default. + * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control + * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. + * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e. + * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required + * to operate on DFS channels. + * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates to use when creating the IBSS + * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled) + * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask + * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. + * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. + * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of + * CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys + * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key + */ +struct cfg80211_ibss_params { + const u8 *ssid; + const u8 *bssid; + struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; + const u8 *ie; + u8 ssid_len, ie_len; + u16 beacon_interval; + u32 basic_rates; + bool channel_fixed; + bool privacy; + bool control_port; + bool control_port_over_nl80211; + bool userspace_handles_dfs; + int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; + struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; + struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; + struct key_params *wep_keys; + int wep_tx_key; +}; + +/** + * struct cfg80211_bss_selection - connection parameters for BSS selection. + * + * @behaviour: requested BSS selection behaviour. + * @param: parameters for requestion behaviour. + * @band_pref: preferred band for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF. + * @adjust: parameters for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST. + */ +struct cfg80211_bss_selection { + enum nl80211_bss_select_attr behaviour; + union { + enum nl80211_band band_pref; + struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust adjust; + } param; +}; + +/** + * struct cfg80211_connect_params - Connection parameters + * + * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 + * authentication and association. + * + * @channel: The channel to use or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based + * on scan results) + * @channel_hint: The channel of the recommended BSS for initial connection or + * %NULL if not specified + * @bssid: The AP BSSID or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based on scan + * results) + * @bssid_hint: The recommended AP BSSID for initial connection to the BSS or + * %NULL if not specified. Unlike the @bssid parameter, the driver is + * allowed to ignore this @bssid_hint if it has knowledge of a better BSS + * to use. + * @ssid: SSID + * @ssid_len: Length of ssid in octets + * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) + * @ie: IEs for association request + * @ie_len: Length of assoc_ie in octets + * @privacy: indicates whether privacy-enabled APs should be used + * @mfp: indicate whether management frame protection is used + * @crypto: crypto settings + * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication + * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication + * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication + * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags + * @bg_scan_period: Background scan period in seconds + * or -1 to indicate that default value is to be used. + * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask + * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. + * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. + * @vht_capa: VHT Capability overrides + * @vht_capa_mask: The bits of vht_capa which are to be used. + * @pbss: if set, connect to a PCP instead of AP. Valid for DMG + * networks. + * @bss_select: criteria to be used for BSS selection. + * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used + * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request + * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to + * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is + * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request + * frame. + * @fils_erp_username: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) username part of the + * NAI or %NULL if not specified. This is used to construct FILS wrapped + * data IE. + * @fils_erp_username_len: Length of @fils_erp_username in octets. + * @fils_erp_realm: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) realm part of NAI or + * %NULL if not specified. This specifies the domain name of ER server and + * is used to construct FILS wrapped data IE. + * @fils_erp_realm_len: Length of @fils_erp_realm in octets. + * @fils_erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in the FILS ERP + * messages. This is also used to construct FILS wrapped data IE. + * @fils_erp_rrk: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) used to derive additional + * keys in FILS or %NULL if not specified. + * @fils_erp_rrk_len: Length of @fils_erp_rrk in octets. + * @want_1x: indicates user-space supports and wants to use 802.1X driver + * offload of 4-way handshake. + * @edmg: define the EDMG channels. + * This may specify multiple channels and bonding options for the driver + * to choose from, based on BSS configuration. + */ +struct cfg80211_connect_params { + struct ieee80211_channel *channel; + struct ieee80211_channel *channel_hint; + const u8 *bssid; + const u8 *bssid_hint; + const u8 *ssid; + size_t ssid_len; + enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; + const u8 *ie; + size_t ie_len; + bool privacy; + enum nl80211_mfp mfp; + struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; + const u8 *key; + u8 key_len, key_idx; + u32 flags; + int bg_scan_period; + struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; + struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; + struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa; + struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa_mask; + bool pbss; + struct cfg80211_bss_selection bss_select; + const u8 *prev_bssid; + const u8 *fils_erp_username; + size_t fils_erp_username_len; + const u8 *fils_erp_realm; + size_t fils_erp_realm_len; + u16 fils_erp_next_seq_num; + const u8 *fils_erp_rrk; + size_t fils_erp_rrk_len; + bool want_1x; + struct ieee80211_edmg edmg; +}; + +/** + * enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed - Connection parameters being updated + * + * This enum provides information of all connect parameters that + * have to be updated as part of update_connect_params() call. + * + * @UPDATE_ASSOC_IES: Indicates whether association request IEs are updated + * @UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO: Indicates that FILS connection parameters (realm, + * username, erp sequence number and rrk) are updated + * @UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE: Indicates that authentication type is updated + */ +enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed { + UPDATE_ASSOC_IES = BIT(0), + UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO = BIT(1), + UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE = BIT(2), +}; + +/** + * enum wiphy_params_flags - set_wiphy_params bitfield values + * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT: wiphy->retry_short has changed + * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG: wiphy->retry_long has changed + * @WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD: wiphy->frag_threshold has changed + * @WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD: wiphy->rts_threshold has changed + * @WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS: coverage class changed + * @WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK: dynack has been enabled + * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT: TXQ packet limit has been changed + * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: TXQ memory limit has been changed + * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum + */ +enum wiphy_params_flags { + WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT = 1 << 0, + WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG = 1 << 1, + WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD = 1 << 2, + WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD = 1 << 3, + WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS = 1 << 4, + WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK = 1 << 5, + WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT = 1 << 6, + WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT = 1 << 7, + WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM = 1 << 8, +}; + +#define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AIRTIME_WEIGHT 256 + +/* The per TXQ device queue limit in airtime */ +#define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AQL_TXQ_LIMIT_L 5000 +#define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AQL_TXQ_LIMIT_H 12000 + +/* The per interface airtime threshold to switch to lower queue limit */ +#define IEEE80211_AQL_THRESHOLD 24000 + +/** + * struct cfg80211_pmksa - PMK Security Association + * + * This structure is passed to the set/del_pmksa() method for PMKSA + * caching. + * + * @bssid: The AP's BSSID (may be %NULL). + * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA. + * @pmk: The PMK for the PMKSA identified by @pmkid. This is used for key + * derivation by a FILS STA. Otherwise, %NULL. + * @pmk_len: Length of the @pmk. The length of @pmk can differ depending on + * the hash algorithm used to generate this. + * @ssid: SSID to specify the ESS within which a PMKSA is valid when using FILS + * cache identifier (may be %NULL). + * @ssid_len: Length of the @ssid in octets. + * @cache_id: 2-octet cache identifier advertized by a FILS AP identifying the + * scope of PMKSA. This is valid only if @ssid_len is non-zero (may be + * %NULL). + * @pmk_lifetime: Maximum lifetime for PMKSA in seconds + * (dot11RSNAConfigPMKLifetime) or 0 if not specified. + * The configured PMKSA must not be used for PMKSA caching after + * expiration and any keys derived from this PMK become invalid on + * expiration, i.e., the current association must be dropped if the PMK + * used for it expires. + * @pmk_reauth_threshold: Threshold time for reauthentication (percentage of + * PMK lifetime, dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold) or 0 if not specified. + * Drivers are expected to trigger a full authentication instead of using + * this PMKSA for caching when reassociating to a new BSS after this + * threshold to generate a new PMK before the current one expires. + */ +struct cfg80211_pmksa { + const u8 *bssid; + const u8 *pmkid; + const u8 *pmk; + size_t pmk_len; + const u8 *ssid; + size_t ssid_len; + const u8 *cache_id; + u32 pmk_lifetime; + u8 pmk_reauth_threshold; +}; + +/** + * struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern - packet pattern + * @mask: bitmask where to match pattern and where to ignore bytes, + * one bit per byte, in same format as nl80211 + * @pattern: bytes to match where bitmask is 1 + * @pattern_len: length of pattern (in bytes) + * @pkt_offset: packet offset (in bytes) + * + * Internal note: @mask and @pattern are allocated in one chunk of + * memory, free @mask only! + */ +struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern { + const u8 *mask, *pattern; + int pattern_len; + int pkt_offset; +}; + +/** + * struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp - TCP connection parameters + * + * @sock: (internal) socket for source port allocation + * @src: source IP address + * @dst: destination IP address + * @dst_mac: destination MAC address + * @src_port: source port + * @dst_port: destination port + * @payload_len: data payload length + * @payload: data payload buffer + * @payload_seq: payload sequence stamping configuration + * @data_interval: interval at which to send data packets + * @wake_len: wakeup payload match length + * @wake_data: wakeup payload match data + * @wake_mask: wakeup payload match mask + * @tokens_size: length of the tokens buffer + * @payload_tok: payload token usage configuration + */ +struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp { + struct socket *sock; + __be32 src, dst; + u16 src_port, dst_port; + u8 dst_mac[ETH_ALEN]; + int payload_len; + const u8 *payload; + struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq payload_seq; + u32 data_interval; + u32 wake_len; + const u8 *wake_data, *wake_mask; + u32 tokens_size; + /* must be last, variable member */ + struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token payload_tok; +}; + +/** + * struct cfg80211_wowlan - Wake on Wireless-LAN support info + * + * This structure defines the enabled WoWLAN triggers for the device. + * @any: wake up on any activity -- special trigger if device continues + * operating as normal during suspend + * @disconnect: wake up if getting disconnected + * @magic_pkt: wake up on receiving magic packet + * @patterns: wake up on receiving packet matching a pattern + * @n_patterns: number of patterns + * @gtk_rekey_failure: wake up on GTK rekey failure + * @eap_identity_req: wake up on EAP identity request packet + * @four_way_handshake: wake up on 4-way handshake + * @rfkill_release: wake up when rfkill is released + * @tcp: TCP connection establishment/wakeup parameters, see nl80211.h. + * NULL if not configured. + * @nd_config: configuration for the scan to be used for net detect wake. + */ +struct cfg80211_wowlan { + bool any, disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure, + eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake, + rfkill_release; + struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns; + struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp *tcp; + int n_patterns; + struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *nd_config; +}; + +/** + * struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules - Coalesce rule parameters + * + * This structure defines coalesce rule for the device. + * @delay: maximum coalescing delay in msecs. + * @condition: condition for packet coalescence. + * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition. + * @patterns: array of packet patterns + * @n_patterns: number of patterns + */ +struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules { + int delay; + enum nl80211_coalesce_condition condition; + struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns; + int n_patterns; +}; + +/** + * struct cfg80211_coalesce - Packet coalescing settings + * + * This structure defines coalescing settings. + * @rules: array of coalesce rules + * @n_rules: number of rules + */ +struct cfg80211_coalesce { + struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules *rules; + int n_rules; +}; + +/** + * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match - information about the match + * + * @ssid: SSID of the match that triggered the wake up + * @n_channels: Number of channels where the match occurred. This + * value may be zero if the driver can't report the channels. + * @channels: center frequencies of the channels where a match + * occurred (in MHz) + */ +struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match { + struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; + int n_channels; + u32 channels[]; +}; + +/** + * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info - net detect wake up information + * + * @n_matches: Number of match information instances provided in + * @matches. This value may be zero if the driver can't provide + * match information. + * @matches: Array of pointers to matches containing information about + * the matches that triggered the wake up. + */ +struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info { + int n_matches; + struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match *matches[]; +}; + +/** + * struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup - wakeup report + * @disconnect: woke up by getting disconnected + * @magic_pkt: woke up by receiving magic packet + * @gtk_rekey_failure: woke up by GTK rekey failure + * @eap_identity_req: woke up by EAP identity request packet + * @four_way_handshake: woke up by 4-way handshake + * @rfkill_release: woke up by rfkill being released + * @pattern_idx: pattern that caused wakeup, -1 if not due to pattern + * @packet_present_len: copied wakeup packet data + * @packet_len: original wakeup packet length + * @packet: The packet causing the wakeup, if any. + * @packet_80211: For pattern match, magic packet and other data + * frame triggers an 802.3 frame should be reported, for + * disconnect due to deauth 802.11 frame. This indicates which + * it is. + * @tcp_match: TCP wakeup packet received + * @tcp_connlost: TCP connection lost or failed to establish + * @tcp_nomoretokens: TCP data ran out of tokens + * @net_detect: if not %NULL, woke up because of net detect + */ +struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup { + bool disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure, + eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake, + rfkill_release, packet_80211, + tcp_match, tcp_connlost, tcp_nomoretokens; + s32 pattern_idx; + u32 packet_present_len, packet_len; + const void *packet; + struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info *net_detect; +}; + +/** + * struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data - rekey data + * @kek: key encryption key (@kek_len bytes) + * @kck: key confirmation key (@kck_len bytes) + * @replay_ctr: replay counter (NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN bytes) + * @kek_len: length of kek + * @kck_len: length of kck + * @akm: akm (oui, id) + */ +struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data { + const u8 *kek, *kck, *replay_ctr; + u32 akm; + u8 kek_len, kck_len; +}; + +/** + * struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params - FT IE Information + * + * This structure provides information needed to update the fast transition IE + * + * @md: The Mobility Domain ID, 2 Octet value + * @ie: Fast Transition IEs + * @ie_len: Length of ft_ie in octets + */ +struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params { + u16 md; + const u8 *ie; + size_t ie_len; +}; + +/** + * struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params - mgmt tx parameters + * + * This structure provides information needed to transmit a mgmt frame + * + * @chan: channel to use + * @offchan: indicates wether off channel operation is required + * @wait: duration for ROC + * @buf: buffer to transmit + * @len: buffer length + * @no_cck: don't use cck rates for this frame + * @dont_wait_for_ack: tells the low level not to wait for an ack + * @n_csa_offsets: length of csa_offsets array + * @csa_offsets: array of all the csa offsets in the frame + * @link_id: for MLO, the link ID to transmit on, -1 if not given; note + * that the link ID isn't validated (much), it's in range but the + * link might not exist (or be used by the receiver STA) + */ +struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params { + struct ieee80211_channel *chan; + bool offchan; + unsigned int wait; + const u8 *buf; + size_t len; + bool no_cck; + bool dont_wait_for_ack; + int n_csa_offsets; + const u16 *csa_offsets; + int link_id; +}; + +/** + * struct cfg80211_dscp_exception - DSCP exception + * + * @dscp: DSCP value that does not adhere to the user priority range definition + * @up: user priority value to which the corresponding DSCP value belongs + */ +struct cfg80211_dscp_exception { + u8 dscp; + u8 up; +}; + +/** + * struct cfg80211_dscp_range - DSCP range definition for user priority + * + * @low: lowest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive + * @high: highest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive + */ +struct cfg80211_dscp_range { + u8 low; + u8 high; +}; + +/* QoS Map Set element length defined in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97 */ +#define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX 21 +#define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN 16 +#define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MAX \ + (IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN + 2 * IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX) + +/** + * struct cfg80211_qos_map - QoS Map Information + * + * This struct defines the Interworking QoS map setting for DSCP values + * + * @num_des: number of DSCP exceptions (0..21) + * @dscp_exception: optionally up to maximum of 21 DSCP exceptions from + * the user priority DSCP range definition + * @up: DSCP range definition for a particular user priority + */ +struct cfg80211_qos_map { + u8 num_des; + struct cfg80211_dscp_exception dscp_exception[IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX]; + struct cfg80211_dscp_range up[8]; +}; + +/** + * struct cfg80211_nan_conf - NAN configuration + * + * This struct defines NAN configuration parameters + * + * @master_pref: master preference (1 - 255) + * @bands: operating bands, a bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values. + * For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set + * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)). + */ +struct cfg80211_nan_conf { + u8 master_pref; + u8 bands; +}; + +/** + * enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes - indicates changed fields in NAN + * configuration + * + * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF: master preference + * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS: operating bands + */ +enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes { + CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF = BIT(0), + CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS = BIT(1), +}; + +/** + * struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter - a NAN function Rx / Tx filter + * + * @filter: the content of the filter + * @len: the length of the filter + */ +struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter { + const u8 *filter; + u8 len; +}; + +/** + * struct cfg80211_nan_func - a NAN function + * + * @type: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type + * @service_id: the service ID of the function + * @publish_type: &nl80211_nan_publish_type + * @close_range: if true, the range should be limited. Threshold is + * implementation specific. + * @publish_bcast: if true, the solicited publish should be broadcasted + * @subscribe_active: if true, the subscribe is active + * @followup_id: the instance ID for follow up + * @followup_reqid: the requestor instance ID for follow up + * @followup_dest: MAC address of the recipient of the follow up + * @ttl: time to live counter in DW. + * @serv_spec_info: Service Specific Info + * @serv_spec_info_len: Service Specific Info length + * @srf_include: if true, SRF is inclusive + * @srf_bf: Bloom Filter + * @srf_bf_len: Bloom Filter length + * @srf_bf_idx: Bloom Filter index + * @srf_macs: SRF MAC addresses + * @srf_num_macs: number of MAC addresses in SRF + * @rx_filters: rx filters that are matched with corresponding peer's tx_filter + * @tx_filters: filters that should be transmitted in the SDF. + * @num_rx_filters: length of &rx_filters. + * @num_tx_filters: length of &tx_filters. + * @instance_id: driver allocated id of the function. + * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier. + */ +struct cfg80211_nan_func { + enum nl80211_nan_function_type type; + u8 service_id[NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN]; + u8 publish_type; + bool close_range; + bool publish_bcast; + bool subscribe_active; + u8 followup_id; + u8 followup_reqid; + struct mac_address followup_dest; + u32 ttl; + const u8 *serv_spec_info; + u8 serv_spec_info_len; + bool srf_include; + const u8 *srf_bf; + u8 srf_bf_len; + u8 srf_bf_idx; + struct mac_address *srf_macs; + int srf_num_macs; + struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *rx_filters; + struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *tx_filters; + u8 num_tx_filters; + u8 num_rx_filters; + u8 instance_id; + u64 cookie; +}; + +/** + * struct cfg80211_pmk_conf - PMK configuration + * + * @aa: authenticator address + * @pmk_len: PMK length in bytes. + * @pmk: the PMK material + * @pmk_r0_name: PMK-R0 Name. NULL if not applicable (i.e., the PMK + * is not PMK-R0). When pmk_r0_name is not NULL, the pmk field + * holds PMK-R0. + */ +struct cfg80211_pmk_conf { + const u8 *aa; + u8 pmk_len; + const u8 *pmk; + const u8 *pmk_r0_name; +}; + +/** + * struct cfg80211_external_auth_params - Trigger External authentication. + * + * Commonly used across the external auth request and event interfaces. + * + * @action: action type / trigger for external authentication. Only significant + * for the authentication request event interface (driver to user space). + * @bssid: BSSID of the peer with which the authentication has + * to happen. Used by both the authentication request event and + * authentication response command interface. + * @ssid: SSID of the AP. Used by both the authentication request event and + * authentication response command interface. + * @key_mgmt_suite: AKM suite of the respective authentication. Used by the + * authentication request event interface. + * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful authentication, + * use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space cannot give you + * the real status code for failures. Used only for the authentication + * response command interface (user space to driver). + * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA. + */ +struct cfg80211_external_auth_params { + enum nl80211_external_auth_action action; + u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); + struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; + unsigned int key_mgmt_suite; + u16 status; + const u8 *pmkid; +}; + +/** + * struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics + * + * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_ftm_stats to + * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them + * @success_num: number of FTM sessions in which all frames were successfully + * answered + * @partial_num: number of FTM sessions in which part of frames were + * successfully answered + * @failed_num: number of failed FTM sessions + * @asap_num: number of ASAP FTM sessions + * @non_asap_num: number of non-ASAP FTM sessions + * @total_duration_ms: total sessions durations - gives an indication + * of how much time the responder was busy + * @unknown_triggers_num: number of unknown FTM triggers - triggers from + * initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation phase with + * the responder + * @reschedule_requests_num: number of FTM reschedule requests - initiator asks + * for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled FTM slot + * @out_of_window_triggers_num: total FTM triggers out of scheduled window + */ +struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats { + u32 filled; + u32 success_num; + u32 partial_num; + u32 failed_num; + u32 asap_num; + u32 non_asap_num; + u64 total_duration_ms; + u32 unknown_triggers_num; + u32 reschedule_requests_num; + u32 out_of_window_triggers_num; +}; + +/** + * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result - FTM result + * @failure_reason: if this measurement failed (PMSR status is + * %NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE), this gives a more precise + * reason than just "failure" + * @burst_index: if reporting partial results, this is the index + * in [0 .. num_bursts-1] of the burst that's being reported + * @num_ftmr_attempts: number of FTM request frames transmitted + * @num_ftmr_successes: number of FTM request frames acked + * @busy_retry_time: if failure_reason is %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY, + * fill this to indicate in how many seconds a retry is deemed possible + * by the responder + * @num_bursts_exp: actual number of bursts exponent negotiated + * @burst_duration: actual burst duration negotiated + * @ftms_per_burst: actual FTMs per burst negotiated + * @lci_len: length of LCI information (if present) + * @civicloc_len: length of civic location information (if present) + * @lci: LCI data (may be %NULL) + * @civicloc: civic location data (may be %NULL) + * @rssi_avg: average RSSI over FTM action frames reported + * @rssi_spread: spread of the RSSI over FTM action frames reported + * @tx_rate: bitrate for transmitted FTM action frame response + * @rx_rate: bitrate of received FTM action frame + * @rtt_avg: average of RTTs measured (must have either this or @dist_avg) + * @rtt_variance: variance of RTTs measured (note that standard deviation is + * the square root of the variance) + * @rtt_spread: spread of the RTTs measured + * @dist_avg: average of distances (mm) measured + * (must have either this or @rtt_avg) + * @dist_variance: variance of distances measured (see also @rtt_variance) + * @dist_spread: spread of distances measured (see also @rtt_spread) + * @num_ftmr_attempts_valid: @num_ftmr_attempts is valid + * @num_ftmr_successes_valid: @num_ftmr_successes is valid + * @rssi_avg_valid: @rssi_avg is valid + * @rssi_spread_valid: @rssi_spread is valid + * @tx_rate_valid: @tx_rate is valid + * @rx_rate_valid: @rx_rate is valid + * @rtt_avg_valid: @rtt_avg is valid + * @rtt_variance_valid: @rtt_variance is valid + * @rtt_spread_valid: @rtt_spread is valid + * @dist_avg_valid: @dist_avg is valid + * @dist_variance_valid: @dist_variance is valid + * @dist_spread_valid: @dist_spread is valid + */ +struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result { + const u8 *lci; + const u8 *civicloc; + unsigned int lci_len; + unsigned int civicloc_len; + enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons failure_reason; + u32 num_ftmr_attempts, num_ftmr_successes; + s16 burst_index; + u8 busy_retry_time; + u8 num_bursts_exp; + u8 burst_duration; + u8 ftms_per_burst; + s32 rssi_avg; + s32 rssi_spread; + struct rate_info tx_rate, rx_rate; + s64 rtt_avg; + s64 rtt_variance; + s64 rtt_spread; + s64 dist_avg; + s64 dist_variance; + s64 dist_spread; + + u16 num_ftmr_attempts_valid:1, + num_ftmr_successes_valid:1, + rssi_avg_valid:1, + rssi_spread_valid:1, + tx_rate_valid:1, + rx_rate_valid:1, + rtt_avg_valid:1, + rtt_variance_valid:1, + rtt_spread_valid:1, + dist_avg_valid:1, + dist_variance_valid:1, + dist_spread_valid:1; +}; + +/** + * struct cfg80211_pmsr_result - peer measurement result + * @addr: address of the peer + * @host_time: host time (use ktime_get_boottime() adjust to the time when the + * measurement was made) + * @ap_tsf: AP's TSF at measurement time + * @status: status of the measurement + * @final: if reporting partial results, mark this as the last one; if not + * reporting partial results always set this flag + * @ap_tsf_valid: indicates the @ap_tsf value is valid + * @type: type of the measurement reported, note that we only support reporting + * one type at a time, but you can report multiple results separately and + * they're all aggregated for userspace. + * @ftm: FTM result + */ +struct cfg80211_pmsr_result { + u64 host_time, ap_tsf; + enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status status; + + u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; + + u8 final:1, + ap_tsf_valid:1; + + enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type type; + + union { + struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result ftm; + }; +}; + +/** + * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer - FTM request data + * @requested: indicates FTM is requested + * @preamble: frame preamble to use + * @burst_period: burst period to use + * @asap: indicates to use ASAP mode + * @num_bursts_exp: number of bursts exponent + * @burst_duration: burst duration + * @ftms_per_burst: number of FTMs per burst + * @ftmr_retries: number of retries for FTM request + * @request_lci: request LCI information + * @request_civicloc: request civic location information + * @trigger_based: use trigger based ranging for the measurement + * If neither @trigger_based nor @non_trigger_based is set, + * EDCA based ranging will be used. + * @non_trigger_based: use non trigger based ranging for the measurement + * If neither @trigger_based nor @non_trigger_based is set, + * EDCA based ranging will be used. + * @lmr_feedback: negotiate for I2R LMR feedback. Only valid if either + * @trigger_based or @non_trigger_based is set. + * @bss_color: the bss color of the responder. Optional. Set to zero to + * indicate the driver should set the BSS color. Only valid if + * @non_trigger_based or @trigger_based is set. + * + * See also nl80211 for the respective attribute documentation. + */ +struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer { + enum nl80211_preamble preamble; + u16 burst_period; + u8 requested:1, + asap:1, + request_lci:1, + request_civicloc:1, + trigger_based:1, + non_trigger_based:1, + lmr_feedback:1; + u8 num_bursts_exp; + u8 burst_duration; + u8 ftms_per_burst; + u8 ftmr_retries; + u8 bss_color; +}; + +/** + * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer - peer data for a peer measurement request + * @addr: MAC address + * @chandef: channel to use + * @report_ap_tsf: report the associated AP's TSF + * @ftm: FTM data, see &struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer + */ +struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer { + u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; + struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; + u8 report_ap_tsf:1; + struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer ftm; +}; + +/** + * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request - peer measurement request + * @cookie: cookie, set by cfg80211 + * @nl_portid: netlink portid - used by cfg80211 + * @drv_data: driver data for this request, if required for aborting, + * not otherwise freed or anything by cfg80211 + * @mac_addr: MAC address used for (randomised) request + * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used for randomisation, bits that + * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should + * be taken from the @mac_addr + * @list: used by cfg80211 to hold on to the request + * @timeout: timeout (in milliseconds) for the whole operation, if + * zero it means there's no timeout + * @n_peers: number of peers to do measurements with + * @peers: per-peer measurement request data + */ +struct cfg80211_pmsr_request { + u64 cookie; + void *drv_data; + u32 n_peers; + u32 nl_portid; + + u32 timeout; + + u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); + u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); + + struct list_head list; + + struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer peers[]; +}; + +/** + * struct cfg80211_update_owe_info - OWE Information + * + * This structure provides information needed for the drivers to offload OWE + * (Opportunistic Wireless Encryption) processing to the user space. + * + * Commonly used across update_owe_info request and event interfaces. + * + * @peer: MAC address of the peer device for which the OWE processing + * has to be done. + * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful OWE info + * processing, use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space + * cannot give you the real status code for failures. Used only for + * OWE update request command interface (user space to driver). + * @ie: IEs obtained from the peer or constructed by the user space. These are + * the IEs of the remote peer in the event from the host driver and + * the constructed IEs by the user space in the request interface. + * @ie_len: Length of IEs in octets. + */ +struct cfg80211_update_owe_info { + u8 peer[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); + u16 status; + const u8 *ie; + size_t ie_len; +}; + +/** + * struct mgmt_frame_regs - management frame registrations data + * @global_stypes: bitmap of management frame subtypes registered + * for the entire device + * @interface_stypes: bitmap of management frame subtypes registered + * for the given interface + * @global_mcast_stypes: mcast RX is needed globally for these subtypes + * @interface_mcast_stypes: mcast RX is needed on this interface + * for these subtypes + */ +struct mgmt_frame_regs { + u32 global_stypes, interface_stypes; + u32 global_mcast_stypes, interface_mcast_stypes; +}; + +/** + * struct cfg80211_ops - backend description for wireless configuration + * + * This struct is registered by fullmac card drivers and/or wireless stacks + * in order to handle configuration requests on their interfaces. + * + * All callbacks except where otherwise noted should return 0 + * on success or a negative error code. + * + * All operations are invoked with the wiphy mutex held. The RTNL may be + * held in addition (due to wireless extensions) but this cannot be relied + * upon except in cases where documented below. Note that due to ordering, + * the RTNL also cannot be acquired in any handlers. + * + * @suspend: wiphy device needs to be suspended. The variable @wow will + * be %NULL or contain the enabled Wake-on-Wireless triggers that are + * configured for the device. + * @resume: wiphy device needs to be resumed + * @set_wakeup: Called when WoWLAN is enabled/disabled, use this callback + * to call device_set_wakeup_enable() to enable/disable wakeup from + * the device. + * + * @add_virtual_intf: create a new virtual interface with the given name, + * must set the struct wireless_dev's iftype. Beware: You must create + * the new netdev in the wiphy's network namespace! Returns the struct + * wireless_dev, or an ERR_PTR. For P2P device wdevs, the driver must + * also set the address member in the wdev. + * This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes. + * + * @del_virtual_intf: remove the virtual interface + * This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes. + * + * @change_virtual_intf: change type/configuration of virtual interface, + * keep the struct wireless_dev's iftype updated. + * This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes. + * + * @add_intf_link: Add a new MLO link to the given interface. Note that + * the wdev->link[] data structure has been updated, so the new link + * address is available. + * @del_intf_link: Remove an MLO link from the given interface. + * + * @add_key: add a key with the given parameters. @mac_addr will be %NULL + * when adding a group key. @link_id will be -1 for non-MLO connection. + * For MLO connection, @link_id will be >= 0 for group key and -1 for + * pairwise key, @mac_addr will be peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key. + * + * @get_key: get information about the key with the given parameters. + * @mac_addr will be %NULL when requesting information for a group + * key. All pointers given to the @callback function need not be valid + * after it returns. This function should return an error if it is + * not possible to retrieve the key, -ENOENT if it doesn't exist. + * @link_id will be -1 for non-MLO connection. For MLO connection, + * @link_id will be >= 0 for group key and -1 for pairwise key, @mac_addr + * will be peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key. + * + * @del_key: remove a key given the @mac_addr (%NULL for a group key) + * and @key_index, return -ENOENT if the key doesn't exist. @link_id will + * be -1 for non-MLO connection. For MLO connection, @link_id will be >= 0 + * for group key and -1 for pairwise key, @mac_addr will be peer's MLD + * address for MLO pairwise key. + * + * @set_default_key: set the default key on an interface. @link_id will be >= 0 + * for MLO connection and -1 for non-MLO connection. + * + * @set_default_mgmt_key: set the default management frame key on an interface. + * @link_id will be >= 0 for MLO connection and -1 for non-MLO connection. + * + * @set_default_beacon_key: set the default Beacon frame key on an interface. + * @link_id will be >= 0 for MLO connection and -1 for non-MLO connection. + * + * @set_rekey_data: give the data necessary for GTK rekeying to the driver + * + * @start_ap: Start acting in AP mode defined by the parameters. + * @change_beacon: Change the beacon parameters for an access point mode + * interface. This should reject the call when AP mode wasn't started. + * @stop_ap: Stop being an AP, including stopping beaconing. + * + * @add_station: Add a new station. + * @del_station: Remove a station + * @change_station: Modify a given station. Note that flags changes are not much + * validated in cfg80211, in particular the auth/assoc/authorized flags + * might come to the driver in invalid combinations -- make sure to check + * them, also against the existing state! Drivers must call + * cfg80211_check_station_change() to validate the information. + * @get_station: get station information for the station identified by @mac + * @dump_station: dump station callback -- resume dump at index @idx + * + * @add_mpath: add a fixed mesh path + * @del_mpath: delete a given mesh path + * @change_mpath: change a given mesh path + * @get_mpath: get a mesh path for the given parameters + * @dump_mpath: dump mesh path callback -- resume dump at index @idx + * @get_mpp: get a mesh proxy path for the given parameters + * @dump_mpp: dump mesh proxy path callback -- resume dump at index @idx + * @join_mesh: join the mesh network with the specified parameters + * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) + * @leave_mesh: leave the current mesh network + * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) + * + * @get_mesh_config: Get the current mesh configuration + * + * @update_mesh_config: Update mesh parameters on a running mesh. + * The mask is a bitfield which tells us which parameters to + * set, and which to leave alone. + * + * @change_bss: Modify parameters for a given BSS. + * + * @set_txq_params: Set TX queue parameters + * + * @libertas_set_mesh_channel: Only for backward compatibility for libertas, + * as it doesn't implement join_mesh and needs to set the channel to + * join the mesh instead. + * + * @set_monitor_channel: Set the monitor mode channel for the device. If other + * interfaces are active this callback should reject the configuration. + * If no interfaces are active or the device is down, the channel should + * be stored for when a monitor interface becomes active. + * + * @scan: Request to do a scan. If returning zero, the scan request is given + * the driver, and will be valid until passed to cfg80211_scan_done(). + * For scan results, call cfg80211_inform_bss(); you can call this outside + * the scan/scan_done bracket too. + * @abort_scan: Tell the driver to abort an ongoing scan. The driver shall + * indicate the status of the scan through cfg80211_scan_done(). + * + * @auth: Request to authenticate with the specified peer + * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) + * @assoc: Request to (re)associate with the specified peer + * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) + * @deauth: Request to deauthenticate from the specified peer + * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) + * @disassoc: Request to disassociate from the specified peer + * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) + * + * @connect: Connect to the ESS with the specified parameters. When connected, + * call cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with status code + * %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS. If the connection fails for some reason, call + * cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with the status code + * from the AP or cfg80211_connect_timeout() if no frame with status code + * was received. + * The driver is allowed to roam to other BSSes within the ESS when the + * other BSS matches the connect parameters. When such roaming is initiated + * by the driver, the driver is expected to verify that the target matches + * the configured security parameters and to use Reassociation Request + * frame instead of Association Request frame. + * The connect function can also be used to request the driver to perform a + * specific roam when connected to an ESS. In that case, the prev_bssid + * parameter is set to the BSSID of the currently associated BSS as an + * indication of requesting reassociation. + * In both the driver-initiated and new connect() call initiated roaming + * cases, the result of roaming is indicated with a call to + * cfg80211_roamed(). (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) + * @update_connect_params: Update the connect parameters while connected to a + * BSS. The updated parameters can be used by driver/firmware for + * subsequent BSS selection (roaming) decisions and to form the + * Authentication/(Re)Association Request frames. This call does not + * request an immediate disassociation or reassociation with the current + * BSS, i.e., this impacts only subsequent (re)associations. The bits in + * changed are defined in &enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed. + * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) + * @disconnect: Disconnect from the BSS/ESS or stop connection attempts if + * connection is in progress. Once done, call cfg80211_disconnected() in + * case connection was already established (invoked with the + * wireless_dev mutex held), otherwise call cfg80211_connect_timeout(). + * + * @join_ibss: Join the specified IBSS (or create if necessary). Once done, call + * cfg80211_ibss_joined(), also call that function when changing BSSID due + * to a merge. + * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) + * @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS. + * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) + * + * @set_mcast_rate: Set the specified multicast rate (only if vif is in ADHOC or + * MESH mode) + * + * @set_wiphy_params: Notify that wiphy parameters have changed; + * @changed bitfield (see &enum wiphy_params_flags) describes which values + * have changed. The actual parameter values are available in + * struct wiphy. If returning an error, no value should be changed. + * + * @set_tx_power: set the transmit power according to the parameters, + * the power passed is in mBm, to get dBm use MBM_TO_DBM(). The + * wdev may be %NULL if power was set for the wiphy, and will + * always be %NULL unless the driver supports per-vif TX power + * (as advertised by the nl80211 feature flag.) + * @get_tx_power: store the current TX power into the dbm variable; + * return 0 if successful + * + * @rfkill_poll: polls the hw rfkill line, use cfg80211 reporting + * functions to adjust rfkill hw state + * + * @dump_survey: get site survey information. + * + * @remain_on_channel: Request the driver to remain awake on the specified + * channel for the specified duration to complete an off-channel + * operation (e.g., public action frame exchange). When the driver is + * ready on the requested channel, it must indicate this with an event + * notification by calling cfg80211_ready_on_channel(). + * @cancel_remain_on_channel: Cancel an on-going remain-on-channel operation. + * This allows the operation to be terminated prior to timeout based on + * the duration value. + * @mgmt_tx: Transmit a management frame. + * @mgmt_tx_cancel_wait: Cancel the wait time from transmitting a management + * frame on another channel + * + * @testmode_cmd: run a test mode command; @wdev may be %NULL + * @testmode_dump: Implement a test mode dump. The cb->args[2] and up may be + * used by the function, but 0 and 1 must not be touched. Additionally, + * return error codes other than -ENOBUFS and -ENOENT will terminate the + * dump and return to userspace with an error, so be careful. If any data + * was passed in from userspace then the data/len arguments will be present + * and point to the data contained in %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA. + * + * @set_bitrate_mask: set the bitrate mask configuration + * + * @set_pmksa: Cache a PMKID for a BSSID. This is mostly useful for fullmac + * devices running firmwares capable of generating the (re) association + * RSN IE. It allows for faster roaming between WPA2 BSSIDs. + * @del_pmksa: Delete a cached PMKID. + * @flush_pmksa: Flush all cached PMKIDs. + * @set_power_mgmt: Configure WLAN power management. A timeout value of -1 + * allows the driver to adjust the dynamic ps timeout value. + * @set_cqm_rssi_config: Configure connection quality monitor RSSI threshold. + * After configuration, the driver should (soon) send an event indicating + * the current level is above/below the configured threshold; this may + * need some care when the configuration is changed (without first being + * disabled.) + * @set_cqm_rssi_range_config: Configure two RSSI thresholds in the + * connection quality monitor. An event is to be sent only when the + * signal level is found to be outside the two values. The driver should + * set %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST if this method is implemented. + * If it is provided then there's no point providing @set_cqm_rssi_config. + * @set_cqm_txe_config: Configure connection quality monitor TX error + * thresholds. + * @sched_scan_start: Tell the driver to start a scheduled scan. + * @sched_scan_stop: Tell the driver to stop an ongoing scheduled scan with + * given request id. This call must stop the scheduled scan and be ready + * for starting a new one before it returns, i.e. @sched_scan_start may be + * called immediately after that again and should not fail in that case. + * The driver should not call cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped() for a requested + * stop (when this method returns 0). + * + * @update_mgmt_frame_registrations: Notify the driver that management frame + * registrations were updated. The callback is allowed to sleep. + * + * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device. + * Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may + * reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL + * (also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX). + * + * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant). + * + * @tdls_mgmt: Transmit a TDLS management frame. + * @tdls_oper: Perform a high-level TDLS operation (e.g. TDLS link setup). + * + * @probe_client: probe an associated client, must return a cookie that it + * later passes to cfg80211_probe_status(). + * + * @set_noack_map: Set the NoAck Map for the TIDs. + * + * @get_channel: Get the current operating channel for the virtual interface. + * For monitor interfaces, it should return %NULL unless there's a single + * current monitoring channel. + * + * @start_p2p_device: Start the given P2P device. + * @stop_p2p_device: Stop the given P2P device. + * + * @set_mac_acl: Sets MAC address control list in AP and P2P GO mode. + * Parameters include ACL policy, an array of MAC address of stations + * and the number of MAC addresses. If there is already a list in driver + * this new list replaces the existing one. Driver has to clear its ACL + * when number of MAC addresses entries is passed as 0. Drivers which + * advertise the support for MAC based ACL have to implement this callback. + * + * @start_radar_detection: Start radar detection in the driver. + * + * @end_cac: End running CAC, probably because a related CAC + * was finished on another phy. + * + * @update_ft_ies: Provide updated Fast BSS Transition information to the + * driver. If the SME is in the driver/firmware, this information can be + * used in building Authentication and Reassociation Request frames. + * + * @crit_proto_start: Indicates a critical protocol needs more link reliability + * for a given duration (milliseconds). The protocol is provided so the + * driver can take the most appropriate actions. + * @crit_proto_stop: Indicates critical protocol no longer needs increased link + * reliability. This operation can not fail. + * @set_coalesce: Set coalesce parameters. + * + * @channel_switch: initiate channel-switch procedure (with CSA). Driver is + * responsible for veryfing if the switch is possible. Since this is + * inherently tricky driver may decide to disconnect an interface later + * with cfg80211_stop_iface(). This doesn't mean driver can accept + * everything. It should do it's best to verify requests and reject them + * as soon as possible. + * + * @set_qos_map: Set QoS mapping information to the driver + * + * @set_ap_chanwidth: Set the AP (including P2P GO) mode channel width for the + * given interface This is used e.g. for dynamic HT 20/40 MHz channel width + * changes during the lifetime of the BSS. + * + * @add_tx_ts: validate (if admitted_time is 0) or add a TX TS to the device + * with the given parameters; action frame exchange has been handled by + * userspace so this just has to modify the TX path to take the TS into + * account. + * If the admitted time is 0 just validate the parameters to make sure + * the session can be created at all; it is valid to just always return + * success for that but that may result in inefficient behaviour (handshake + * with the peer followed by immediate teardown when the addition is later + * rejected) + * @del_tx_ts: remove an existing TX TS + * + * @join_ocb: join the OCB network with the specified parameters + * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) + * @leave_ocb: leave the current OCB network + * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) + * + * @tdls_channel_switch: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer. The driver + * is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching operations + * and returning to the base channel for communication with the AP. + * @tdls_cancel_channel_switch: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS peer. Both + * peers must be on the base channel when the call completes. + * @start_nan: Start the NAN interface. + * @stop_nan: Stop the NAN interface. + * @add_nan_func: Add a NAN function. Returns negative value on failure. + * On success @nan_func ownership is transferred to the driver and + * it may access it outside of the scope of this function. The driver + * should free the @nan_func when no longer needed by calling + * cfg80211_free_nan_func(). + * On success the driver should assign an instance_id in the + * provided @nan_func. + * @del_nan_func: Delete a NAN function. + * @nan_change_conf: changes NAN configuration. The changed parameters must + * be specified in @changes (using &enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes); + * All other parameters must be ignored. + * + * @set_multicast_to_unicast: configure multicast to unicast conversion for BSS + * + * @get_txq_stats: Get TXQ stats for interface or phy. If wdev is %NULL, this + * function should return phy stats, and interface stats otherwise. + * + * @set_pmk: configure the PMK to be used for offloaded 802.1X 4-Way handshake. + * If not deleted through @del_pmk the PMK remains valid until disconnect + * upon which the driver should clear it. + * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) + * @del_pmk: delete the previously configured PMK for the given authenticator. + * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) + * + * @external_auth: indicates result of offloaded authentication processing from + * user space + * + * @tx_control_port: TX a control port frame (EAPoL). The noencrypt parameter + * tells the driver that the frame should not be encrypted. + * + * @get_ftm_responder_stats: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, if available. + * Statistics should be cumulative, currently no way to reset is provided. + * @start_pmsr: start peer measurement (e.g. FTM) + * @abort_pmsr: abort peer measurement + * + * @update_owe_info: Provide updated OWE info to driver. Driver implementing SME + * but offloading OWE processing to the user space will get the updated + * DH IE through this interface. + * + * @probe_mesh_link: Probe direct Mesh peer's link quality by sending data frame + * and overrule HWMP path selection algorithm. + * @set_tid_config: TID specific configuration, this can be peer or BSS specific + * This callback may sleep. + * @reset_tid_config: Reset TID specific configuration for the peer, for the + * given TIDs. This callback may sleep. + * + * @set_sar_specs: Update the SAR (TX power) settings. + * + * @color_change: Initiate a color change. + * + * @set_fils_aad: Set FILS AAD data to the AP driver so that the driver can use + * those to decrypt (Re)Association Request and encrypt (Re)Association + * Response frame. + * + * @set_radar_background: Configure dedicated offchannel chain available for + * radar/CAC detection on some hw. This chain can't be used to transmit + * or receive frames and it is bounded to a running wdev. + * Background radar/CAC detection allows to avoid the CAC downtime + * switching to a different channel during CAC detection on the selected + * radar channel. + * The caller is expected to set chandef pointer to NULL in order to + * disable background CAC/radar detection. + * @add_link_station: Add a link to a station. + * @mod_link_station: Modify a link of a station. + * @del_link_station: Remove a link of a station. + */ +struct cfg80211_ops { + int (*suspend)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_wowlan *wow); + int (*resume)(struct wiphy *wiphy); + void (*set_wakeup)(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool enabled); + + struct wireless_dev * (*add_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, + const char *name, + unsigned char name_assign_type, + enum nl80211_iftype type, + struct vif_params *params); + int (*del_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, + struct wireless_dev *wdev); + int (*change_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, + struct net_device *dev, + enum nl80211_iftype type, + struct vif_params *params); + + int (*add_intf_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy, + struct wireless_dev *wdev, + unsigned int link_id); + void (*del_intf_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy, + struct wireless_dev *wdev, + unsigned int link_id); + + int (*add_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, + int link_id, u8 key_index, bool pairwise, + const u8 *mac_addr, struct key_params *params); + int (*get_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, + int link_id, u8 key_index, bool pairwise, + const u8 *mac_addr, void *cookie, + void (*callback)(void *cookie, struct key_params*)); + int (*del_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, + int link_id, u8 key_index, bool pairwise, + const u8 *mac_addr); + int (*set_default_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, + struct net_device *netdev, int link_id, + u8 key_index, bool unicast, bool multicast); + int (*set_default_mgmt_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, + struct net_device *netdev, int link_id, + u8 key_index); + int (*set_default_beacon_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, + struct net_device *netdev, + int link_id, + u8 key_index); + + int (*start_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, + struct cfg80211_ap_settings *settings); + int (*change_beacon)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, + struct cfg80211_beacon_data *info); + int (*stop_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, + unsigned int link_id); + + + int (*add_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, + const u8 *mac, + struct station_parameters *params); + int (*del_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, + struct station_del_parameters *params); + int (*change_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, + const u8 *mac, + struct station_parameters *params); + int (*get_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, + const u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo); + int (*dump_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, + int idx, u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo); + + int (*add_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, + const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop); + int (*del_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, + const u8 *dst); + int (*change_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, + const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop); + int (*get_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, + u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, struct mpath_info *pinfo); + int (*dump_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, + int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, + struct mpath_info *pinfo); + int (*get_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, + u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, struct mpath_info *pinfo); + int (*dump_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, + int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, + struct mpath_info *pinfo); + int (*get_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, + struct net_device *dev, + struct mesh_config *conf); + int (*update_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, + struct net_device *dev, u32 mask, + const struct mesh_config *nconf); + int (*join_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, + const struct mesh_config *conf, + const struct mesh_setup *setup); + int (*leave_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); + + int (*join_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, + struct ocb_setup *setup); + int (*leave_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); + + int (*change_bss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, + struct bss_parameters *params); + + int (*set_txq_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, + struct ieee80211_txq_params *params); + + int (*libertas_set_mesh_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, + struct net_device *dev, + struct ieee80211_channel *chan); + + int (*set_monitor_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, + struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); + + int (*scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, + struct cfg80211_scan_request *request); + void (*abort_scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev); + + int (*auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, + struct cfg80211_auth_request *req); + int (*assoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, + struct cfg80211_assoc_request *req); + int (*deauth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, + struct cfg80211_deauth_request *req); + int (*disassoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, + struct cfg80211_disassoc_request *req); + + int (*connect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, + struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme); + int (*update_connect_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, + struct net_device *dev, + struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme, + u32 changed); + int (*disconnect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, + u16 reason_code); + + int (*join_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, + struct cfg80211_ibss_params *params); + int (*leave_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); + + int (*set_mcast_rate)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, + int rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]); + + int (*set_wiphy_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 changed); + + int (*set_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, + enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type, int mbm); + int (*get_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, + int *dbm); + + void (*rfkill_poll)(struct wiphy *wiphy); + +#ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE + int (*testmode_cmd)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, + void *data, int len); + int (*testmode_dump)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct sk_buff *skb, + struct netlink_callback *cb, + void *data, int len); +#endif + + int (*set_bitrate_mask)(struct wiphy *wiphy, + struct net_device *dev, + unsigned int link_id, + const u8 *peer, + const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask); + + int (*dump_survey)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, + int idx, struct survey_info *info); + + int (*set_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, + struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa); + int (*del_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, + struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa); + int (*flush_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev); + + int (*remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, + struct wireless_dev *wdev, + struct ieee80211_channel *chan, + unsigned int duration, + u64 *cookie); + int (*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, + struct wireless_dev *wdev, + u64 cookie); + + int (*mgmt_tx)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, + struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params *params, + u64 *cookie); + int (*mgmt_tx_cancel_wait)(struct wiphy *wiphy, + struct wireless_dev *wdev, + u64 cookie); + + int (*set_power_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, + bool enabled, int timeout); + + int (*set_cqm_rssi_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, + struct net_device *dev, + s32 rssi_thold, u32 rssi_hyst); + + int (*set_cqm_rssi_range_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, + struct net_device *dev, + s32 rssi_low, s32 rssi_high); + + int (*set_cqm_txe_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, + struct net_device *dev, + u32 rate, u32 pkts, u32 intvl); + + void (*update_mgmt_frame_registrations)(struct wiphy *wiphy, + struct wireless_dev *wdev, + struct mgmt_frame_regs *upd); + + int (*set_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant); + int (*get_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant); + + int (*sched_scan_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy, + struct net_device *dev, + struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *request); + int (*sched_scan_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, + u64 reqid); + + int (*set_rekey_data)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, + struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data); + + int (*tdls_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, + const u8 *peer, u8 action_code, u8 dialog_token, + u16 status_code, u32 peer_capability, + bool initiator, const u8 *buf, size_t len); + int (*tdls_oper)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, + const u8 *peer, enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper); + + int (*probe_client)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, + const u8 *peer, u64 *cookie); + + int (*set_noack_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy, + struct net_device *dev, + u16 noack_map); + + int (*get_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, + struct wireless_dev *wdev, + unsigned int link_id, + struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); + + int (*start_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy, + struct wireless_dev *wdev); + void (*stop_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy, + struct wireless_dev *wdev); + + int (*set_mac_acl)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, + const struct cfg80211_acl_data *params); + + int (*start_radar_detection)(struct wiphy *wiphy, + struct net_device *dev, + struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, + u32 cac_time_ms); + void (*end_cac)(struct wiphy *wiphy, + struct net_device *dev); + int (*update_ft_ies)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, + struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params *ftie); + int (*crit_proto_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy, + struct wireless_dev *wdev, + enum nl80211_crit_proto_id protocol, + u16 duration); + void (*crit_proto_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, + struct wireless_dev *wdev); + int (*set_coalesce)(struct wiphy *wiphy, + struct cfg80211_coalesce *coalesce); + + int (*channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, + struct net_device *dev, + struct cfg80211_csa_settings *params); + + int (*set_qos_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy, + struct net_device *dev, + struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map); + + int (*set_ap_chanwidth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, + unsigned int link_id, + struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); + + int (*add_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, + u8 tsid, const u8 *peer, u8 user_prio, + u16 admitted_time); + int (*del_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, + u8 tsid, const u8 *peer); + + int (*tdls_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, + struct net_device *dev, + const u8 *addr, u8 oper_class, + struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); + void (*tdls_cancel_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, + struct net_device *dev, + const u8 *addr); + int (*start_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, + struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf); + void (*stop_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev); + int (*add_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, + struct cfg80211_nan_func *nan_func); + void (*del_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, + u64 cookie); + int (*nan_change_conf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, + struct wireless_dev *wdev, + struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf, + u32 changes); + + int (*set_multicast_to_unicast)(struct wiphy *wiphy, + struct net_device *dev, + const bool enabled); + + int (*get_txq_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy, + struct wireless_dev *wdev, + struct cfg80211_txq_stats *txqstats); + + int (*set_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, + const struct cfg80211_pmk_conf *conf); + int (*del_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, + const u8 *aa); + int (*external_auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, + struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params); + + int (*tx_control_port)(struct wiphy *wiphy, + struct net_device *dev, + const u8 *buf, size_t len, + const u8 *dest, const __be16 proto, + const bool noencrypt, int link_id, + u64 *cookie); + + int (*get_ftm_responder_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy, + struct net_device *dev, + struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats *ftm_stats); + + int (*start_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, + struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request); + void (*abort_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, + struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request); + int (*update_owe_info)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, + struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info); + int (*probe_mesh_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, + const u8 *buf, size_t len); + int (*set_tid_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, + struct cfg80211_tid_config *tid_conf); + int (*reset_tid_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, + const u8 *peer, u8 tids); + int (*set_sar_specs)(struct wiphy *wiphy, + struct cfg80211_sar_specs *sar); + int (*color_change)(struct wiphy *wiphy, + struct net_device *dev, + struct cfg80211_color_change_settings *params); + int (*set_fils_aad)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, + struct cfg80211_fils_aad *fils_aad); + int (*set_radar_background)(struct wiphy *wiphy, + struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); + int (*add_link_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, + struct link_station_parameters *params); + int (*mod_link_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, + struct link_station_parameters *params); + int (*del_link_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, + struct link_station_del_parameters *params); +}; + +/* + * wireless hardware and networking interfaces structures + * and registration/helper functions + */ + +/** + * enum wiphy_flags - wiphy capability flags + * + * @WIPHY_FLAG_SPLIT_SCAN_6GHZ: if set to true, the scan request will be split + * into two, first for legacy bands and second for UHB. + * @WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK: if not set, do not allow changing the netns of this + * wiphy at all + * @WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT: if set to true, powersave will be enabled + * by default -- this flag will be set depending on the kernel's default + * on wiphy_new(), but can be changed by the driver if it has a good + * reason to override the default + * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP: supports 4addr mode even on AP (with a single station + * on a VLAN interface). This flag also serves an extra purpose of + * supporting 4ADDR AP mode on devices which do not support AP/VLAN iftype. + * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION: supports 4addr mode even as a station + * @WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL: This device supports setting the + * control port protocol ethertype. The device also honours the + * control_port_no_encrypt flag. + * @WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN. + * @WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH: The device supports mesh authentication by routing + * auth frames to userspace. See @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH. + * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM: The device supports roaming feature in the + * firmware. + * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD: The device supports uapsd on AP. + * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS: The device supports TDLS (802.11z) operation. + * @WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The device does not handle TDLS (802.11z) + * link setup/discovery operations internally. Setup, discovery and + * teardown packets should be sent through the @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT + * command. When this flag is not set, @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be + * used for asking the driver/firmware to perform a TDLS operation. + * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME: device integrates AP SME + * @WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS: the device will report beacons from other BSSes + * when there are virtual interfaces in AP mode by calling + * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(). + * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: When operating as an AP, the device + * responds to probe-requests in hardware. + * @WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX: Device supports direct off-channel TX. + * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Device supports remain-on-channel call. + * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ: Device supports 5 MHz and 10 MHz channels. + * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Device supports channel switch in + * beaconing mode (AP, IBSS, Mesh, ...). + * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_STATIC_WEP: The device supports static WEP key installation + * before connection. + * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KEK_KCK: The device supports bigger kek and kck keys + * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_MLO: This is a temporary flag gating the MLO APIs, + * in order to not have them reachable in normal drivers, until we have + * complete feature/interface combinations/etc. advertisement. No driver + * should set this flag for now. + */ +enum wiphy_flags { + WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KEK_KCK = BIT(0), + WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_MLO = BIT(1), + WIPHY_FLAG_SPLIT_SCAN_6GHZ = BIT(2), + WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK = BIT(3), + WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT = BIT(4), + WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP = BIT(5), + WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION = BIT(6), + WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL = BIT(7), + WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN = BIT(8), + WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH = BIT(10), + /* use hole at 11 */ + /* use hole at 12 */ + WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM = BIT(13), + WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD = BIT(14), + WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS = BIT(15), + WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP = BIT(16), + WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME = BIT(17), + WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS = BIT(18), + WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD = BIT(19), + WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX = BIT(20), + WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL = BIT(21), + WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ = BIT(22), + WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = BIT(23), + WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_STATIC_WEP = BIT(24), +}; + +/** + * struct ieee80211_iface_limit - limit on certain interface types + * @max: maximum number of interfaces of these types + * @types: interface types (bits) + */ +struct ieee80211_iface_limit { + u16 max; + u16 types; +}; + +/** + * struct ieee80211_iface_combination - possible interface combination + * + * With this structure the driver can describe which interface + * combinations it supports concurrently. + * + * Examples: + * + * 1. Allow #STA <= 1, #AP <= 1, matching BI, channels = 1, 2 total: + * + * .. code-block:: c + * + * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits1[] = { + * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), }, + * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP}, }, + * }; + * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination1 = { + * .limits = limits1, + * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits1), + * .max_interfaces = 2, + * .beacon_int_infra_match = true, + * }; + * + * + * 2. Allow #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8, channels = 1, 8 total: + * + * .. code-block:: c + * + * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits2[] = { + * { .max = 8, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP) | + * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO), }, + * }; + * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination2 = { + * .limits = limits2, + * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits2), + * .max_interfaces = 8, + * .num_different_channels = 1, + * }; + * + * + * 3. Allow #STA <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 on two channels, 4 total. + * + * This allows for an infrastructure connection and three P2P connections. + * + * .. code-block:: c + * + * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits3[] = { + * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), }, + * { .max = 3, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO) | + * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT), }, + * }; + * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination3 = { + * .limits = limits3, + * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits3), + * .max_interfaces = 4, + * .num_different_channels = 2, + * }; + * + */ +struct ieee80211_iface_combination { + /** + * @limits: + * limits for the given interface types + */ + const struct ieee80211_iface_limit *limits; + + /** + * @num_different_channels: + * can use up to this many different channels + */ + u32 num_different_channels; + + /** + * @max_interfaces: + * maximum number of interfaces in total allowed in this group + */ + u16 max_interfaces; + + /** + * @n_limits: + * number of limitations + */ + u8 n_limits; + + /** + * @beacon_int_infra_match: + * In this combination, the beacon intervals between infrastructure + * and AP types must match. This is required only in special cases. + */ + bool beacon_int_infra_match; + + /** + * @radar_detect_widths: + * bitmap of channel widths supported for radar detection + */ + u8 radar_detect_widths; + + /** + * @radar_detect_regions: + * bitmap of regions supported for radar detection + */ + u8 radar_detect_regions; + + /** + * @beacon_int_min_gcd: + * This interface combination supports different beacon intervals. + * + * = 0 + * all beacon intervals for different interface must be same. + * > 0 + * any beacon interval for the interface part of this combination AND + * GCD of all beacon intervals from beaconing interfaces of this + * combination must be greater or equal to this value. + */ + u32 beacon_int_min_gcd; +}; + +struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes { + u16 tx, rx; +}; + +/** + * enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags - WoWLAN support flags + * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY: supports wakeup for the special "any" + * trigger that keeps the device operating as-is and + * wakes up the host on any activity, for example a + * received packet that passed filtering; note that the + * packet should be preserved in that case + * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT: supports wakeup on magic packet + * (see nl80211.h) + * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT: supports wakeup on disconnect + * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY: supports GTK rekeying while asleep + * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: supports wakeup on GTK rekey failure + * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ: supports wakeup on EAP identity request + * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: supports wakeup on 4-way handshake failure + * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE: supports wakeup on RF-kill release + * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT: supports wakeup on network detection + */ +enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags { + WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY = BIT(0), + WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT = BIT(1), + WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT = BIT(2), + WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY = BIT(3), + WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE = BIT(4), + WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ = BIT(5), + WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE = BIT(6), + WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE = BIT(7), + WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT = BIT(8), +}; + +struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support { + const struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature *tok; + u32 data_payload_max; + u32 data_interval_max; + u32 wake_payload_max; + bool seq; +}; + +/** + * struct wiphy_wowlan_support - WoWLAN support data + * @flags: see &enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags + * @n_patterns: number of supported wakeup patterns + * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition) + * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern + * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern + * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset + * @max_nd_match_sets: maximum number of matchsets for net-detect, + * similar, but not necessarily identical, to max_match_sets for + * scheduled scans. + * See &struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request.@match_sets for more + * details. + * @tcp: TCP wakeup support information + */ +struct wiphy_wowlan_support { + u32 flags; + int n_patterns; + int pattern_max_len; + int pattern_min_len; + int max_pkt_offset; + int max_nd_match_sets; + const struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support *tcp; +}; + +/** + * struct wiphy_coalesce_support - coalesce support data + * @n_rules: maximum number of coalesce rules + * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs + * @n_patterns: number of supported patterns in a rule + * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition) + * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern + * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern + * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset + */ +struct wiphy_coalesce_support { + int n_rules; + int max_delay; + int n_patterns; + int pattern_max_len; + int pattern_min_len; + int max_pkt_offset; +}; + +/** + * enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags - validation flags for vendor commands + * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV: vendor command requires wdev + * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV: vendor command requires netdev + * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING: interface/wdev must be up & running + * (must be combined with %_WDEV or %_NETDEV) + */ +enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags { + WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV = BIT(0), + WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV = BIT(1), + WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING = BIT(2), +}; + +/** + * enum wiphy_opmode_flag - Station's ht/vht operation mode information flags + * + * @STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED: Max Bandwidth changed + * @STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED: SMPS mode changed + * @STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED: max N_SS (number of spatial streams) changed + * + */ +enum wiphy_opmode_flag { + STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED = BIT(0), + STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED = BIT(1), + STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED = BIT(2), +}; + +/** + * struct sta_opmode_info - Station's ht/vht operation mode information + * @changed: contains value from &enum wiphy_opmode_flag + * @smps_mode: New SMPS mode value from &enum nl80211_smps_mode of a station + * @bw: new max bandwidth value from &enum nl80211_chan_width of a station + * @rx_nss: new rx_nss value of a station + */ + +struct sta_opmode_info { + u32 changed; + enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode; + enum nl80211_chan_width bw; + u8 rx_nss; +}; + +#define VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA ((const struct nla_policy *)(long)(-ENODATA)) + +/** + * struct wiphy_vendor_command - vendor command definition + * @info: vendor command identifying information, as used in nl80211 + * @flags: flags, see &enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags + * @doit: callback for the operation, note that wdev is %NULL if the + * flags didn't ask for a wdev and non-%NULL otherwise; the data + * pointer may be %NULL if userspace provided no data at all + * @dumpit: dump callback, for transferring bigger/multiple items. The + * @storage points to cb->args[5], ie. is preserved over the multiple + * dumpit calls. + * @policy: policy pointer for attributes within %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA. + * Set this to %VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA if no policy can be given and the + * attribute is just raw data (e.g. a firmware command). + * @maxattr: highest attribute number in policy + * It's recommended to not have the same sub command with both @doit and + * @dumpit, so that userspace can assume certain ones are get and others + * are used with dump requests. + */ +struct wiphy_vendor_command { + struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info info; + u32 flags; + int (*doit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, + const void *data, int data_len); + int (*dumpit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, + struct sk_buff *skb, const void *data, int data_len, + unsigned long *storage); + const struct nla_policy *policy; + unsigned int maxattr; +}; + +/** + * struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab - extended capabilities per interface type + * @iftype: interface type + * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver, + * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are the + * 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") and are + * in the same format as in the information element. See IEEE Std + * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. + * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values + * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities + * @eml_capabilities: EML capabilities (for MLO) + * @mld_capa_and_ops: MLD capabilities and operations (for MLO) + */ +struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab { + enum nl80211_iftype iftype; + const u8 *extended_capabilities; + const u8 *extended_capabilities_mask; + u8 extended_capabilities_len; + u16 eml_capabilities; + u16 mld_capa_and_ops; +}; + +/** + * cfg80211_get_iftype_ext_capa - lookup interface type extended capability + * @wiphy: the wiphy to look up from + * @type: the interface type to look up + */ +const struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab * +cfg80211_get_iftype_ext_capa(struct wiphy *wiphy, enum nl80211_iftype type); + +/** + * struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities - cfg80211 peer measurement capabilities + * @max_peers: maximum number of peers in a single measurement + * @report_ap_tsf: can report assoc AP's TSF for radio resource measurement + * @randomize_mac_addr: can randomize MAC address for measurement + * @ftm: FTM measurement data + * @ftm.supported: FTM measurement is supported + * @ftm.asap: ASAP-mode is supported + * @ftm.non_asap: non-ASAP-mode is supported + * @ftm.request_lci: can request LCI data + * @ftm.request_civicloc: can request civic location data + * @ftm.preambles: bitmap of preambles supported (&enum nl80211_preamble) + * @ftm.bandwidths: bitmap of bandwidths supported (&enum nl80211_chan_width) + * @ftm.max_bursts_exponent: maximum burst exponent supported + * (set to -1 if not limited; note that setting this will necessarily + * forbid using the value 15 to let the responder pick) + * @ftm.max_ftms_per_burst: maximum FTMs per burst supported (set to 0 if + * not limited) + * @ftm.trigger_based: trigger based ranging measurement is supported + * @ftm.non_trigger_based: non trigger based ranging measurement is supported + */ +struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities { + unsigned int max_peers; + u8 report_ap_tsf:1, + randomize_mac_addr:1; + + struct { + u32 preambles; + u32 bandwidths; + s8 max_bursts_exponent; + u8 max_ftms_per_burst; + u8 supported:1, + asap:1, + non_asap:1, + request_lci:1, + request_civicloc:1, + trigger_based:1, + non_trigger_based:1; + } ftm; +}; + +/** + * struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites - This structure encapsulates supported akm + * suites for interface types defined in @iftypes_mask. Each type in the + * @iftypes_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_akm_suites. + * + * @iftypes_mask: bitmask of interfaces types + * @akm_suites: points to an array of supported akm suites + * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites + */ +struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites { + u16 iftypes_mask; + const u32 *akm_suites; + int n_akm_suites; +}; + +/** + * struct wiphy - wireless hardware description + * @mtx: mutex for the data (structures) of this device + * @reg_notifier: the driver's regulatory notification callback, + * note that if your driver uses wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory() + * the reg_notifier's request can be passed as NULL + * @regd: the driver's regulatory domain, if one was requested via + * the regulatory_hint() API. This can be used by the driver + * on the reg_notifier() if it chooses to ignore future + * regulatory domain changes caused by other drivers. + * @signal_type: signal type reported in &struct cfg80211_bss. + * @cipher_suites: supported cipher suites + * @n_cipher_suites: number of supported cipher suites + * @akm_suites: supported AKM suites. These are the default AKMs supported if + * the supported AKMs not advertized for a specific interface type in + * iftype_akm_suites. + * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites + * @iftype_akm_suites: array of supported akm suites info per interface type. + * Note that the bits in @iftypes_mask inside this structure cannot + * overlap (i.e. only one occurrence of each type is allowed across all + * instances of iftype_akm_suites). + * @num_iftype_akm_suites: number of interface types for which supported akm + * suites are specified separately. + * @retry_short: Retry limit for short frames (dot11ShortRetryLimit) + * @retry_long: Retry limit for long frames (dot11LongRetryLimit) + * @frag_threshold: Fragmentation threshold (dot11FragmentationThreshold); + * -1 = fragmentation disabled, only odd values >= 256 used + * @rts_threshold: RTS threshold (dot11RTSThreshold); -1 = RTS/CTS disabled + * @_net: the network namespace this wiphy currently lives in + * @perm_addr: permanent MAC address of this device + * @addr_mask: If the device supports multiple MAC addresses by masking, + * set this to a mask with variable bits set to 1, e.g. if the last + * four bits are variable then set it to 00-00-00-00-00-0f. The actual + * variable bits shall be determined by the interfaces added, with + * interfaces not matching the mask being rejected to be brought up. + * @n_addresses: number of addresses in @addresses. + * @addresses: If the device has more than one address, set this pointer + * to a list of addresses (6 bytes each). The first one will be used + * by default for perm_addr. In this case, the mask should be set to + * all-zeroes. In this case it is assumed that the device can handle + * the same number of arbitrary MAC addresses. + * @registered: protects ->resume and ->suspend sysfs callbacks against + * unregister hardware + * @debugfsdir: debugfs directory used for this wiphy (ieee80211/<wiphyname>). + * It will be renamed automatically on wiphy renames + * @dev: (virtual) struct device for this wiphy. The item in + * /sys/class/ieee80211/ points to this. You need use set_wiphy_dev() + * (see below). + * @wext: wireless extension handlers + * @priv: driver private data (sized according to wiphy_new() parameter) + * @interface_modes: bitmask of interfaces types valid for this wiphy, + * must be set by driver + * @iface_combinations: Valid interface combinations array, should not + * list single interface types. + * @n_iface_combinations: number of entries in @iface_combinations array. + * @software_iftypes: bitmask of software interface types, these are not + * subject to any restrictions since they are purely managed in SW. + * @flags: wiphy flags, see &enum wiphy_flags + * @regulatory_flags: wiphy regulatory flags, see + * &enum ieee80211_regulatory_flags + * @features: features advertised to nl80211, see &enum nl80211_feature_flags. + * @ext_features: extended features advertised to nl80211, see + * &enum nl80211_ext_feature_index. + * @bss_priv_size: each BSS struct has private data allocated with it, + * this variable determines its size + * @max_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan for in + * any given scan + * @max_sched_scan_reqs: maximum number of scheduled scan requests that + * the device can run concurrently. + * @max_sched_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan + * for in any given scheduled scan + * @max_match_sets: maximum number of match sets the device can handle + * when performing a scheduled scan, 0 if filtering is not + * supported. + * @max_scan_ie_len: maximum length of user-controlled IEs device can + * add to probe request frames transmitted during a scan, must not + * include fixed IEs like supported rates + * @max_sched_scan_ie_len: same as max_scan_ie_len, but for scheduled + * scans + * @max_sched_scan_plans: maximum number of scan plans (scan interval and number + * of iterations) for scheduled scan supported by the device. + * @max_sched_scan_plan_interval: maximum interval (in seconds) for a + * single scan plan supported by the device. + * @max_sched_scan_plan_iterations: maximum number of iterations for a single + * scan plan supported by the device. + * @coverage_class: current coverage class + * @fw_version: firmware version for ethtool reporting + * @hw_version: hardware version for ethtool reporting + * @max_num_pmkids: maximum number of PMKIDs supported by device + * @privid: a pointer that drivers can use to identify if an arbitrary + * wiphy is theirs, e.g. in global notifiers + * @bands: information about bands/channels supported by this device + * + * @mgmt_stypes: bitmasks of frame subtypes that can be subscribed to or + * transmitted through nl80211, points to an array indexed by interface + * type + * + * @available_antennas_tx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be + * configured as TX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be + * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_rx is set. + * + * @available_antennas_rx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be + * configured as RX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be + * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_tx is set. + * + * @probe_resp_offload: + * Bitmap of supported protocols for probe response offloading. + * See &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr. Only valid + * when the wiphy flag @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD is set. + * + * @max_remain_on_channel_duration: Maximum time a remain-on-channel operation + * may request, if implemented. + * + * @wowlan: WoWLAN support information + * @wowlan_config: current WoWLAN configuration; this should usually not be + * used since access to it is necessarily racy, use the parameter passed + * to the suspend() operation instead. + * + * @ap_sme_capa: AP SME capabilities, flags from &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features. + * @ht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what ht_cap values can be over-ridden. + * If null, then none can be over-ridden. + * @vht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what VHT capabilities can be over-ridden. + * If null, then none can be over-ridden. + * + * @wdev_list: the list of associated (virtual) interfaces; this list must + * not be modified by the driver, but can be read with RTNL/RCU protection. + * + * @max_acl_mac_addrs: Maximum number of MAC addresses that the device + * supports for ACL. + * + * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver, + * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are + * the 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") + * and are in the same format as in the information element. See + * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. These are the default + * extended capabilities to be used if the capabilities are not specified + * for a specific interface type in iftype_ext_capab. + * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values + * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities + * @iftype_ext_capab: array of extended capabilities per interface type + * @num_iftype_ext_capab: number of interface types for which extended + * capabilities are specified separately. + * @coalesce: packet coalescing support information + * + * @vendor_commands: array of vendor commands supported by the hardware + * @n_vendor_commands: number of vendor commands + * @vendor_events: array of vendor events supported by the hardware + * @n_vendor_events: number of vendor events + * + * @max_ap_assoc_sta: maximum number of associated stations supported in AP mode + * (including P2P GO) or 0 to indicate no such limit is advertised. The + * driver is allowed to advertise a theoretical limit that it can reach in + * some cases, but may not always reach. + * + * @max_num_csa_counters: Number of supported csa_counters in beacons + * and probe responses. This value should be set if the driver + * wishes to limit the number of csa counters. Default (0) means + * infinite. + * @bss_select_support: bitmask indicating the BSS selection criteria supported + * by the driver in the .connect() callback. The bit position maps to the + * attribute indices defined in &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr. + * + * @nan_supported_bands: bands supported by the device in NAN mode, a + * bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values. For instance, for + * NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set + * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)). + * + * @txq_limit: configuration of internal TX queue frame limit + * @txq_memory_limit: configuration internal TX queue memory limit + * @txq_quantum: configuration of internal TX queue scheduler quantum + * + * @tx_queue_len: allow setting transmit queue len for drivers not using + * wake_tx_queue + * + * @support_mbssid: can HW support association with nontransmitted AP + * @support_only_he_mbssid: don't parse MBSSID elements if it is not + * HE AP, in order to avoid compatibility issues. + * @support_mbssid must be set for this to have any effect. + * + * @pmsr_capa: peer measurement capabilities + * + * @tid_config_support: describes the per-TID config support that the + * device has + * @tid_config_support.vif: bitmap of attributes (configurations) + * supported by the driver for each vif + * @tid_config_support.peer: bitmap of attributes (configurations) + * supported by the driver for each peer + * @tid_config_support.max_retry: maximum supported retry count for + * long/short retry configuration + * + * @max_data_retry_count: maximum supported per TID retry count for + * configuration through the %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT and + * %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG attributes + * @sar_capa: SAR control capabilities + * @rfkill: a pointer to the rfkill structure + * + * @mbssid_max_interfaces: maximum number of interfaces supported by the driver + * in a multiple BSSID set. This field must be set to a non-zero value + * by the driver to advertise MBSSID support. + * @ema_max_profile_periodicity: maximum profile periodicity supported by + * the driver. Setting this field to a non-zero value indicates that the + * driver supports enhanced multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA AP). + * @max_num_akm_suites: maximum number of AKM suites allowed for + * configuration through %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT, %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and + * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP. Set to NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES if not set by + * driver. If set by driver minimum allowed value is + * NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES in order to avoid compatibility issues with + * legacy userspace and maximum allowed value is + * CFG80211_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES. + */ +struct wiphy { + struct mutex mtx; + + /* assign these fields before you register the wiphy */ + + u8 perm_addr[ETH_ALEN]; + u8 addr_mask[ETH_ALEN]; + + struct mac_address *addresses; + + const struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes *mgmt_stypes; + + const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *iface_combinations; + int n_iface_combinations; + u16 software_iftypes; + + u16 n_addresses; + + /* Supported interface modes, OR together BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_...) */ + u16 interface_modes; + + u16 max_acl_mac_addrs; + + u32 flags, regulatory_flags, features; + u8 ext_features[DIV_ROUND_UP(NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, 8)]; + + u32 ap_sme_capa; + + enum cfg80211_signal_type signal_type; + + int bss_priv_size; + u8 max_scan_ssids; + u8 max_sched_scan_reqs; + u8 max_sched_scan_ssids; + u8 max_match_sets; + u16 max_scan_ie_len; + u16 max_sched_scan_ie_len; + u32 max_sched_scan_plans; + u32 max_sched_scan_plan_interval; + u32 max_sched_scan_plan_iterations; + + int n_cipher_suites; + const u32 *cipher_suites; + + int n_akm_suites; + const u32 *akm_suites; + + const struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites *iftype_akm_suites; + unsigned int num_iftype_akm_suites; + + u8 retry_short; + u8 retry_long; + u32 frag_threshold; + u32 rts_threshold; + u8 coverage_class; + + char fw_version[ETHTOOL_FWVERS_LEN]; + u32 hw_version; + +#ifdef CONFIG_PM + const struct wiphy_wowlan_support *wowlan; + struct cfg80211_wowlan *wowlan_config; +#endif + + u16 max_remain_on_channel_duration; + + u8 max_num_pmkids; + + u32 available_antennas_tx; + u32 available_antennas_rx; + + u32 probe_resp_offload; + + const u8 *extended_capabilities, *extended_capabilities_mask; + u8 extended_capabilities_len; + + const struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab *iftype_ext_capab; + unsigned int num_iftype_ext_capab; + + const void *privid; + + struct ieee80211_supported_band *bands[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; + + void (*reg_notifier)(struct wiphy *wiphy, + struct regulatory_request *request); + + /* fields below are read-only, assigned by cfg80211 */ + + const struct ieee80211_regdomain __rcu *regd; + + struct device dev; + + bool registered; + + struct dentry *debugfsdir; + + const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa_mod_mask; + const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa_mod_mask; + + struct list_head wdev_list; + + possible_net_t _net; + +#ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT + const struct iw_handler_def *wext; +#endif + + const struct wiphy_coalesce_support *coalesce; + + const struct wiphy_vendor_command *vendor_commands; + const struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info *vendor_events; + int n_vendor_commands, n_vendor_events; + + u16 max_ap_assoc_sta; + + u8 max_num_csa_counters; + + u32 bss_select_support; + + u8 nan_supported_bands; + + u32 txq_limit; + u32 txq_memory_limit; + u32 txq_quantum; + + unsigned long tx_queue_len; + + u8 support_mbssid:1, + support_only_he_mbssid:1; + + const struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities *pmsr_capa; + + struct { + u64 peer, vif; + u8 max_retry; + } tid_config_support; + + u8 max_data_retry_count; + + const struct cfg80211_sar_capa *sar_capa; + + struct rfkill *rfkill; + + u8 mbssid_max_interfaces; + u8 ema_max_profile_periodicity; + u16 max_num_akm_suites; + + char priv[] __aligned(NETDEV_ALIGN); +}; + +static inline struct net *wiphy_net(struct wiphy *wiphy) +{ + return read_pnet(&wiphy->_net); +} + +static inline void wiphy_net_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net *net) +{ + write_pnet(&wiphy->_net, net); +} + +/** + * wiphy_priv - return priv from wiphy + * + * @wiphy: the wiphy whose priv pointer to return + * Return: The priv of @wiphy. + */ +static inline void *wiphy_priv(struct wiphy *wiphy) +{ + BUG_ON(!wiphy); + return &wiphy->priv; +} + +/** + * priv_to_wiphy - return the wiphy containing the priv + * + * @priv: a pointer previously returned by wiphy_priv + * Return: The wiphy of @priv. + */ +static inline struct wiphy *priv_to_wiphy(void *priv) +{ + BUG_ON(!priv); + return container_of(priv, struct wiphy, priv); +} + +/** + * set_wiphy_dev - set device pointer for wiphy + * + * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device to bind + * @dev: The device to parent it to + */ +static inline void set_wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct device *dev) +{ + wiphy->dev.parent = dev; +} + +/** + * wiphy_dev - get wiphy dev pointer + * + * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device struct to look up + * Return: The dev of @wiphy. + */ +static inline struct device *wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy) +{ + return wiphy->dev.parent; +} + +/** + * wiphy_name - get wiphy name + * + * @wiphy: The wiphy whose name to return + * Return: The name of @wiphy. + */ +static inline const char *wiphy_name(const struct wiphy *wiphy) +{ + return dev_name(&wiphy->dev); +} + +/** + * wiphy_new_nm - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211 + * + * @ops: The configuration operations for this device + * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate + * @requested_name: Request a particular name. + * NULL is valid value, and means use the default phy%d naming. + * + * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it. + * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use. + * + * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be + * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation. + */ +struct wiphy *wiphy_new_nm(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, int sizeof_priv, + const char *requested_name); + +/** + * wiphy_new - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211 + * + * @ops: The configuration operations for this device + * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate + * + * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it. + * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use. + * + * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be + * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation. + */ +static inline struct wiphy *wiphy_new(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, + int sizeof_priv) +{ + return wiphy_new_nm(ops, sizeof_priv, NULL); +} + +/** + * wiphy_register - register a wiphy with cfg80211 + * + * @wiphy: The wiphy to register. + * + * Return: A non-negative wiphy index or a negative error code. + */ +int wiphy_register(struct wiphy *wiphy); + +/* this is a define for better error reporting (file/line) */ +#define lockdep_assert_wiphy(wiphy) lockdep_assert_held(&(wiphy)->mtx) + +/** + * rcu_dereference_wiphy - rcu_dereference with debug checking + * @wiphy: the wiphy to check the locking on + * @p: The pointer to read, prior to dereferencing + * + * Do an rcu_dereference(p), but check caller either holds rcu_read_lock() + * or RTNL. Note: Please prefer wiphy_dereference() or rcu_dereference(). + */ +#define rcu_dereference_wiphy(wiphy, p) \ + rcu_dereference_check(p, lockdep_is_held(&wiphy->mtx)) + +/** + * wiphy_dereference - fetch RCU pointer when updates are prevented by wiphy mtx + * @wiphy: the wiphy to check the locking on + * @p: The pointer to read, prior to dereferencing + * + * Return the value of the specified RCU-protected pointer, but omit the + * READ_ONCE(), because caller holds the wiphy mutex used for updates. + */ +#define wiphy_dereference(wiphy, p) \ + rcu_dereference_protected(p, lockdep_is_held(&wiphy->mtx)) + +/** + * get_wiphy_regdom - get custom regdomain for the given wiphy + * @wiphy: the wiphy to get the regdomain from + */ +const struct ieee80211_regdomain *get_wiphy_regdom(struct wiphy *wiphy); + +/** + * wiphy_unregister - deregister a wiphy from cfg80211 + * + * @wiphy: The wiphy to unregister. + * + * After this call, no more requests can be made with this priv + * pointer, but the call may sleep to wait for an outstanding + * request that is being handled. + */ +void wiphy_unregister(struct wiphy *wiphy); + +/** + * wiphy_free - free wiphy + * + * @wiphy: The wiphy to free + */ +void wiphy_free(struct wiphy *wiphy); + +/* internal structs */ +struct cfg80211_conn; +struct cfg80211_internal_bss; +struct cfg80211_cached_keys; +struct cfg80211_cqm_config; + +/** + * wiphy_lock - lock the wiphy + * @wiphy: the wiphy to lock + * + * This is needed around registering and unregistering netdevs that + * aren't created through cfg80211 calls, since that requires locking + * in cfg80211 when the notifiers is called, but that cannot + * differentiate which way it's called. + * + * It can also be used by drivers for their own purposes. + * + * When cfg80211 ops are called, the wiphy is already locked. + * + * Note that this makes sure that no workers that have been queued + * with wiphy_queue_work() are running. + */ +static inline void wiphy_lock(struct wiphy *wiphy) + __acquires(&wiphy->mtx) +{ + mutex_lock(&wiphy->mtx); + __acquire(&wiphy->mtx); +} + +/** + * wiphy_unlock - unlock the wiphy again + * @wiphy: the wiphy to unlock + */ +static inline void wiphy_unlock(struct wiphy *wiphy) + __releases(&wiphy->mtx) +{ + __release(&wiphy->mtx); + mutex_unlock(&wiphy->mtx); +} + +struct wiphy_work; +typedef void (*wiphy_work_func_t)(struct wiphy *, struct wiphy_work *); + +struct wiphy_work { + struct list_head entry; + wiphy_work_func_t func; +}; + +static inline void wiphy_work_init(struct wiphy_work *work, + wiphy_work_func_t func) +{ + INIT_LIST_HEAD(&work->entry); + work->func = func; +} + +/** + * wiphy_work_queue - queue work for the wiphy + * @wiphy: the wiphy to queue for + * @work: the work item + * + * This is useful for work that must be done asynchronously, and work + * queued here has the special property that the wiphy mutex will be + * held as if wiphy_lock() was called, and that it cannot be running + * after wiphy_lock() was called. Therefore, wiphy_cancel_work() can + * use just cancel_work() instead of cancel_work_sync(), it requires + * being in a section protected by wiphy_lock(). + */ +void wiphy_work_queue(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wiphy_work *work); + +/** + * wiphy_work_cancel - cancel previously queued work + * @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes + * @work: the work to cancel + * + * Cancel the work *without* waiting for it, this assumes being + * called under the wiphy mutex acquired by wiphy_lock(). + */ +void wiphy_work_cancel(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wiphy_work *work); + +/** + * wiphy_work_flush - flush previously queued work + * @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes + * @work: the work to flush, this can be %NULL to flush all work + * + * Flush the work (i.e. run it if pending). This must be called + * under the wiphy mutex acquired by wiphy_lock(). + */ +void wiphy_work_flush(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wiphy_work *work); + +struct wiphy_delayed_work { + struct wiphy_work work; + struct wiphy *wiphy; + struct timer_list timer; +}; + +void wiphy_delayed_work_timer(struct timer_list *t); + +static inline void wiphy_delayed_work_init(struct wiphy_delayed_work *dwork, + wiphy_work_func_t func) +{ + timer_setup(&dwork->timer, wiphy_delayed_work_timer, 0); + wiphy_work_init(&dwork->work, func); +} + +/** + * wiphy_delayed_work_queue - queue delayed work for the wiphy + * @wiphy: the wiphy to queue for + * @dwork: the delayable worker + * @delay: number of jiffies to wait before queueing + * + * This is useful for work that must be done asynchronously, and work + * queued here has the special property that the wiphy mutex will be + * held as if wiphy_lock() was called, and that it cannot be running + * after wiphy_lock() was called. Therefore, wiphy_cancel_work() can + * use just cancel_work() instead of cancel_work_sync(), it requires + * being in a section protected by wiphy_lock(). + */ +void wiphy_delayed_work_queue(struct wiphy *wiphy, + struct wiphy_delayed_work *dwork, + unsigned long delay); + +/** + * wiphy_delayed_work_cancel - cancel previously queued delayed work + * @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes + * @dwork: the delayed work to cancel + * + * Cancel the work *without* waiting for it, this assumes being + * called under the wiphy mutex acquired by wiphy_lock(). + */ +void wiphy_delayed_work_cancel(struct wiphy *wiphy, + struct wiphy_delayed_work *dwork); + +/** + * wiphy_delayed_work_flush - flush previously queued delayed work + * @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes + * @work: the work to flush + * + * Flush the work (i.e. run it if pending). This must be called + * under the wiphy mutex acquired by wiphy_lock(). + */ +void wiphy_delayed_work_flush(struct wiphy *wiphy, + struct wiphy_delayed_work *dwork); + +/** + * struct wireless_dev - wireless device state + * + * For netdevs, this structure must be allocated by the driver + * that uses the ieee80211_ptr field in struct net_device (this + * is intentional so it can be allocated along with the netdev.) + * It need not be registered then as netdev registration will + * be intercepted by cfg80211 to see the new wireless device, + * however, drivers must lock the wiphy before registering or + * unregistering netdevs if they pre-create any netdevs (in ops + * called from cfg80211, the wiphy is already locked.) + * + * For non-netdev uses, it must also be allocated by the driver + * in response to the cfg80211 callbacks that require it, as + * there's no netdev registration in that case it may not be + * allocated outside of callback operations that return it. + * + * @wiphy: pointer to hardware description + * @iftype: interface type + * @registered: is this wdev already registered with cfg80211 + * @registering: indicates we're doing registration under wiphy lock + * for the notifier + * @list: (private) Used to collect the interfaces + * @netdev: (private) Used to reference back to the netdev, may be %NULL + * @identifier: (private) Identifier used in nl80211 to identify this + * wireless device if it has no netdev + * @u: union containing data specific to @iftype + * @connected: indicates if connected or not (STA mode) + * @bssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code + * @wext: (private) Used by the internal wireless extensions compat code + * @wext.ibss: (private) IBSS data part of wext handling + * @wext.connect: (private) connection handling data + * @wext.keys: (private) (WEP) key data + * @wext.ie: (private) extra elements for association + * @wext.ie_len: (private) length of extra elements + * @wext.bssid: (private) selected network BSSID + * @wext.ssid: (private) selected network SSID + * @wext.default_key: (private) selected default key index + * @wext.default_mgmt_key: (private) selected default management key index + * @wext.prev_bssid: (private) previous BSSID for reassociation + * @wext.prev_bssid_valid: (private) previous BSSID validity + * @use_4addr: indicates 4addr mode is used on this interface, must be + * set by driver (if supported) on add_interface BEFORE registering the + * netdev and may otherwise be used by driver read-only, will be update + * by cfg80211 on change_interface + * @mgmt_registrations: list of registrations for management frames + * @mgmt_registrations_need_update: mgmt registrations were updated, + * need to propagate the update to the driver + * @mtx: mutex used to lock data in this struct, may be used by drivers + * and some API functions require it held + * @beacon_interval: beacon interval used on this device for transmitting + * beacons, 0 when not valid + * @address: The address for this device, valid only if @netdev is %NULL + * @is_running: true if this is a non-netdev device that has been started, e.g. + * the P2P Device. + * @cac_started: true if DFS channel availability check has been started + * @cac_start_time: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered. + * @cac_time_ms: CAC time in ms + * @ps: powersave mode is enabled + * @ps_timeout: dynamic powersave timeout + * @ap_unexpected_nlportid: (private) netlink port ID of application + * registered for unexpected class 3 frames (AP mode) + * @conn: (private) cfg80211 software SME connection state machine data + * @connect_keys: (private) keys to set after connection is established + * @conn_bss_type: connecting/connected BSS type + * @conn_owner_nlportid: (private) connection owner socket port ID + * @disconnect_wk: (private) auto-disconnect work + * @disconnect_bssid: (private) the BSSID to use for auto-disconnect + * @event_list: (private) list for internal event processing + * @event_lock: (private) lock for event list + * @owner_nlportid: (private) owner socket port ID + * @nl_owner_dead: (private) owner socket went away + * @cqm_rssi_work: (private) CQM RSSI reporting work + * @cqm_config: (private) nl80211 RSSI monitor state + * @pmsr_list: (private) peer measurement requests + * @pmsr_lock: (private) peer measurements requests/results lock + * @pmsr_free_wk: (private) peer measurements cleanup work + * @unprot_beacon_reported: (private) timestamp of last + * unprotected beacon report + * @links: array of %IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS elements containing @addr + * @ap and @client for each link + * @valid_links: bitmap describing what elements of @links are valid + */ +struct wireless_dev { + struct wiphy *wiphy; + enum nl80211_iftype iftype; + + /* the remainder of this struct should be private to cfg80211 */ + struct list_head list; + struct net_device *netdev; + + u32 identifier; + + struct list_head mgmt_registrations; + u8 mgmt_registrations_need_update:1; + + struct mutex mtx; + + bool use_4addr, is_running, registered, registering; + + u8 address[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(sizeof(u16)); + + /* currently used for IBSS and SME - might be rearranged later */ + struct cfg80211_conn *conn; + struct cfg80211_cached_keys *connect_keys; + enum ieee80211_bss_type conn_bss_type; + u32 conn_owner_nlportid; + + struct work_struct disconnect_wk; + u8 disconnect_bssid[ETH_ALEN]; + + struct list_head event_list; + spinlock_t event_lock; + + u8 connected:1; + + bool ps; + int ps_timeout; + + u32 ap_unexpected_nlportid; + + u32 owner_nlportid; + bool nl_owner_dead; + + /* FIXME: need to rework radar detection for MLO */ + bool cac_started; + unsigned long cac_start_time; + unsigned int cac_time_ms; + +#ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT + /* wext data */ + struct { + struct cfg80211_ibss_params ibss; + struct cfg80211_connect_params connect; + struct cfg80211_cached_keys *keys; + const u8 *ie; + size_t ie_len; + u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; + u8 prev_bssid[ETH_ALEN]; + u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; + s8 default_key, default_mgmt_key; + bool prev_bssid_valid; + } wext; +#endif + + struct wiphy_work cqm_rssi_work; + struct cfg80211_cqm_config __rcu *cqm_config; + + struct list_head pmsr_list; + spinlock_t pmsr_lock; + struct work_struct pmsr_free_wk; + + unsigned long unprot_beacon_reported; + + union { + struct { + u8 connected_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); + u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; + u8 ssid_len; + } client; + struct { + int beacon_interval; + struct cfg80211_chan_def preset_chandef; + struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; + u8 id[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; + u8 id_len, id_up_len; + } mesh; + struct { + struct cfg80211_chan_def preset_chandef; + u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; + u8 ssid_len; + } ap; + struct { + struct cfg80211_internal_bss *current_bss; + struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; + int beacon_interval; + u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; + u8 ssid_len; + } ibss; + struct { + struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; + } ocb; + } u; + + struct { + u8 addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); + union { + struct { + unsigned int beacon_interval; + struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; + } ap; + struct { + struct cfg80211_internal_bss *current_bss; + } client; + }; + } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; + u16 valid_links; +}; + +static inline const u8 *wdev_address(struct wireless_dev *wdev) +{ + if (wdev->netdev) + return wdev->netdev->dev_addr; + return wdev->address; +} + +static inline bool wdev_running(struct wireless_dev *wdev) +{ + if (wdev->netdev) + return netif_running(wdev->netdev); + return wdev->is_running; +} + +/** + * wdev_priv - return wiphy priv from wireless_dev + * + * @wdev: The wireless device whose wiphy's priv pointer to return + * Return: The wiphy priv of @wdev. + */ +static inline void *wdev_priv(struct wireless_dev *wdev) +{ + BUG_ON(!wdev); + return wiphy_priv(wdev->wiphy); +} + +/** + * wdev_chandef - return chandef pointer from wireless_dev + * @wdev: the wdev + * @link_id: the link ID for MLO + * + * Return: The chandef depending on the mode, or %NULL. + */ +struct cfg80211_chan_def *wdev_chandef(struct wireless_dev *wdev, + unsigned int link_id); + +static inline void WARN_INVALID_LINK_ID(struct wireless_dev *wdev, + unsigned int link_id) +{ + WARN_ON(link_id && !wdev->valid_links); + WARN_ON(wdev->valid_links && + !(wdev->valid_links & BIT(link_id))); +} + +#define for_each_valid_link(link_info, link_id) \ + for (link_id = 0; \ + link_id < ((link_info)->valid_links ? \ + ARRAY_SIZE((link_info)->links) : 1); \ + link_id++) \ + if (!(link_info)->valid_links || \ + ((link_info)->valid_links & BIT(link_id))) + +/** + * DOC: Utility functions + * + * cfg80211 offers a number of utility functions that can be useful. + */ + +/** + * ieee80211_channel_equal - compare two struct ieee80211_channel + * + * @a: 1st struct ieee80211_channel + * @b: 2nd struct ieee80211_channel + * Return: true if center frequency of @a == @b + */ +static inline bool +ieee80211_channel_equal(struct ieee80211_channel *a, + struct ieee80211_channel *b) +{ + return (a->center_freq == b->center_freq && + a->freq_offset == b->freq_offset); +} + +/** + * ieee80211_channel_to_khz - convert ieee80211_channel to frequency in KHz + * @chan: struct ieee80211_channel to convert + * Return: The corresponding frequency (in KHz) + */ +static inline u32 +ieee80211_channel_to_khz(const struct ieee80211_channel *chan) +{ + return MHZ_TO_KHZ(chan->center_freq) + chan->freq_offset; +} + +/** + * ieee80211_s1g_channel_width - get allowed channel width from @chan + * + * Only allowed for band NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ + * @chan: channel + * Return: The allowed channel width for this center_freq + */ +enum nl80211_chan_width +ieee80211_s1g_channel_width(const struct ieee80211_channel *chan); + +/** + * ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz - convert channel number to frequency + * @chan: channel number + * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap + * Return: The corresponding frequency (in KHz), or 0 if the conversion failed. + */ +u32 ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz(int chan, enum nl80211_band band); + +/** + * ieee80211_channel_to_frequency - convert channel number to frequency + * @chan: channel number + * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap + * Return: The corresponding frequency (in MHz), or 0 if the conversion failed. + */ +static inline int +ieee80211_channel_to_frequency(int chan, enum nl80211_band band) +{ + return KHZ_TO_MHZ(ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz(chan, band)); +} + +/** + * ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number + * @freq: center frequency in KHz + * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed. + */ +int ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel(u32 freq); + +/** + * ieee80211_frequency_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number + * @freq: center frequency in MHz + * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed. + */ +static inline int +ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(int freq) +{ + return ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel(MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq)); +} + +/** + * ieee80211_get_channel_khz - get channel struct from wiphy for specified + * frequency + * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for + * @freq: the center frequency (in KHz) of the channel + * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq. + */ +struct ieee80211_channel * +ieee80211_get_channel_khz(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 freq); + +/** + * ieee80211_get_channel - get channel struct from wiphy for specified frequency + * + * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for + * @freq: the center frequency (in MHz) of the channel + * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq. + */ +static inline struct ieee80211_channel * +ieee80211_get_channel(struct wiphy *wiphy, int freq) +{ + return ieee80211_get_channel_khz(wiphy, MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq)); +} + +/** + * cfg80211_channel_is_psc - Check if the channel is a 6 GHz PSC + * @chan: control channel to check + * + * The Preferred Scanning Channels (PSC) are defined in + * Draft IEEE P802.11ax/D5.0, 26.17.2.3.3 + */ +static inline bool cfg80211_channel_is_psc(struct ieee80211_channel *chan) +{ + if (chan->band != NL80211_BAND_6GHZ) + return false; + + return ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(chan->center_freq) % 16 == 5; +} + +/** + * ieee80211_get_response_rate - get basic rate for a given rate + * + * @sband: the band to look for rates in + * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates + * @bitrate: the bitrate for which to find the basic rate + * + * Return: The basic rate corresponding to a given bitrate, that + * is the next lower bitrate contained in the basic rate map, + * which is, for this function, given as a bitmap of indices of + * rates in the band's bitrate table. + */ +const struct ieee80211_rate * +ieee80211_get_response_rate(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, + u32 basic_rates, int bitrate); + +/** + * ieee80211_mandatory_rates - get mandatory rates for a given band + * @sband: the band to look for rates in + * @scan_width: width of the control channel + * + * This function returns a bitmap of the mandatory rates for the given + * band, bits are set according to the rate position in the bitrates array. + */ +u32 ieee80211_mandatory_rates(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, + enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width); + +/* + * Radiotap parsing functions -- for controlled injection support + * + * Implemented in net/wireless/radiotap.c + * Documentation in Documentation/networking/radiotap-headers.rst + */ + +struct radiotap_align_size { + uint8_t align:4, size:4; +}; + +struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace { + const struct radiotap_align_size *align_size; + int n_bits; + uint32_t oui; + uint8_t subns; +}; + +struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces { + const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *ns; + int n_ns; +}; + +/** + * struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator - tracks walk thru present radiotap args + * @this_arg_index: index of current arg, valid after each successful call + * to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() + * @this_arg: pointer to current radiotap arg; it is valid after each + * call to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() but also after + * ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init() where it will point to + * the beginning of the actual data portion + * @this_arg_size: length of the current arg, for convenience + * @current_namespace: pointer to the current namespace definition + * (or internally %NULL if the current namespace is unknown) + * @is_radiotap_ns: indicates whether the current namespace is the default + * radiotap namespace or not + * + * @_rtheader: pointer to the radiotap header we are walking through + * @_max_length: length of radiotap header in cpu byte ordering + * @_arg_index: next argument index + * @_arg: next argument pointer + * @_next_bitmap: internal pointer to next present u32 + * @_bitmap_shifter: internal shifter for curr u32 bitmap, b0 set == arg present + * @_vns: vendor namespace definitions + * @_next_ns_data: beginning of the next namespace's data + * @_reset_on_ext: internal; reset the arg index to 0 when going to the + * next bitmap word + * + * Describes the radiotap parser state. Fields prefixed with an underscore + * must not be used by users of the parser, only by the parser internally. + */ + +struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator { + struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *_rtheader; + const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *_vns; + const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *current_namespace; + + unsigned char *_arg, *_next_ns_data; + __le32 *_next_bitmap; + + unsigned char *this_arg; + int this_arg_index; + int this_arg_size; + + int is_radiotap_ns; + + int _max_length; + int _arg_index; + uint32_t _bitmap_shifter; + int _reset_on_ext; +}; + +int +ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator, + struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *radiotap_header, + int max_length, + const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *vns); + +int +ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator); + + +extern const unsigned char rfc1042_header[6]; +extern const unsigned char bridge_tunnel_header[6]; + +/** + * ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb - get header length from data + * + * @skb: the frame + * + * Given an skb with a raw 802.11 header at the data pointer this function + * returns the 802.11 header length. + * + * Return: The 802.11 header length in bytes (not including encryption + * headers). Or 0 if the data in the sk_buff is too short to contain a valid + * 802.11 header. + */ +unsigned int ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb(const struct sk_buff *skb); + +/** + * ieee80211_hdrlen - get header length in bytes from frame control + * @fc: frame control field in little-endian format + * Return: The header length in bytes. + */ +unsigned int __attribute_const__ ieee80211_hdrlen(__le16 fc); + +/** + * ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen - get mesh extension header length + * @meshhdr: the mesh extension header, only the flags field + * (first byte) will be accessed + * Return: The length of the extension header, which is always at + * least 6 bytes and at most 18 if address 5 and 6 are present. + */ +unsigned int ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen(struct ieee80211s_hdr *meshhdr); + +/** + * DOC: Data path helpers + * + * In addition to generic utilities, cfg80211 also offers + * functions that help implement the data path for devices + * that do not do the 802.11/802.3 conversion on the device. + */ + +/** + * ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3 + * @skb: the 802.11 data frame + * @ehdr: pointer to a &struct ethhdr that will get the header, instead + * of it being pushed into the SKB + * @addr: the device MAC address + * @iftype: the virtual interface type + * @data_offset: offset of payload after the 802.11 header + * @is_amsdu: true if the 802.11 header is A-MSDU + * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. + */ +int ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(struct sk_buff *skb, struct ethhdr *ehdr, + const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, + u8 data_offset, bool is_amsdu); + +/** + * ieee80211_data_to_8023 - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3 + * @skb: the 802.11 data frame + * @addr: the device MAC address + * @iftype: the virtual interface type + * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. + */ +static inline int ieee80211_data_to_8023(struct sk_buff *skb, const u8 *addr, + enum nl80211_iftype iftype) +{ + return ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(skb, NULL, addr, iftype, 0, false); +} + +/** + * ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s - decode an IEEE 802.11n A-MSDU frame + * + * Decode an IEEE 802.11 A-MSDU and convert it to a list of 802.3 frames. + * The @list will be empty if the decode fails. The @skb must be fully + * header-less before being passed in here; it is freed in this function. + * + * @skb: The input A-MSDU frame without any headers. + * @list: The output list of 802.3 frames. It must be allocated and + * initialized by the caller. + * @addr: The device MAC address. + * @iftype: The device interface type. + * @extra_headroom: The hardware extra headroom for SKBs in the @list. + * @check_da: DA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL + * @check_sa: SA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL + */ +void ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s(struct sk_buff *skb, struct sk_buff_head *list, + const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, + const unsigned int extra_headroom, + const u8 *check_da, const u8 *check_sa); + +/** + * cfg80211_classify8021d - determine the 802.1p/1d tag for a data frame + * @skb: the data frame + * @qos_map: Interworking QoS mapping or %NULL if not in use + * Return: The 802.1p/1d tag. + */ +unsigned int cfg80211_classify8021d(struct sk_buff *skb, + struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map); + +/** + * cfg80211_find_elem_match - match information element and byte array in data + * + * @eid: element ID + * @ies: data consisting of IEs + * @len: length of data + * @match: byte array to match + * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array + * @match_offset: offset in the IE data where the byte array should match. + * Note the difference to cfg80211_find_ie_match() which considers + * the offset to start from the element ID byte, but here we take + * the data portion instead. + * + * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if + * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given + * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the + * requested element struct. + * + * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than + * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the + * byte array to match. + */ +const struct element * +cfg80211_find_elem_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, + const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len, + unsigned int match_offset); + +/** + * cfg80211_find_ie_match - match information element and byte array in data + * + * @eid: element ID + * @ies: data consisting of IEs + * @len: length of data + * @match: byte array to match + * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array + * @match_offset: offset in the IE where the byte array should match. + * If match_len is zero, this must also be set to zero. + * Otherwise this must be set to 2 or more, because the first + * byte is the element id, which is already compared to eid, and + * the second byte is the IE length. + * + * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if + * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given + * data) or if the byte array doesn't match, or a pointer to the first + * byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the + * element ID. + * + * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than + * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the + * byte array to match. + */ +static inline const u8 * +cfg80211_find_ie_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, + const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len, + unsigned int match_offset) +{ + /* match_offset can't be smaller than 2, unless match_len is + * zero, in which case match_offset must be zero as well. + */ + if (WARN_ON((match_len && match_offset < 2) || + (!match_len && match_offset))) + return NULL; + + return (const void *)cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, + match, match_len, + match_offset ? + match_offset - 2 : 0); +} + +/** + * cfg80211_find_elem - find information element in data + * + * @eid: element ID + * @ies: data consisting of IEs + * @len: length of data + * + * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if + * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given + * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the + * requested element struct. + * + * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than + * having to fit into the given data. + */ +static inline const struct element * +cfg80211_find_elem(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len) +{ + return cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0); +} + +/** + * cfg80211_find_ie - find information element in data + * + * @eid: element ID + * @ies: data consisting of IEs + * @len: length of data + * + * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if + * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given + * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested + * element, that is the byte containing the element ID. + * + * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than + * having to fit into the given data. + */ +static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ie(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len) +{ + return cfg80211_find_ie_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0); +} + +/** + * cfg80211_find_ext_elem - find information element with EID Extension in data + * + * @ext_eid: element ID Extension + * @ies: data consisting of IEs + * @len: length of data + * + * Return: %NULL if the etended element could not be found or if + * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given + * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the + * requested element struct. + * + * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than + * having to fit into the given data. + */ +static inline const struct element * +cfg80211_find_ext_elem(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len) +{ + return cfg80211_find_elem_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len, + &ext_eid, 1, 0); +} + +/** + * cfg80211_find_ext_ie - find information element with EID Extension in data + * + * @ext_eid: element ID Extension + * @ies: data consisting of IEs + * @len: length of data + * + * Return: %NULL if the extended element ID could not be found or if + * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given + * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested + * element, that is the byte containing the element ID. + * + * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than + * having to fit into the given data. + */ +static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ext_ie(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len) +{ + return cfg80211_find_ie_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len, + &ext_eid, 1, 2); +} + +/** + * cfg80211_find_vendor_elem - find vendor specific information element in data + * + * @oui: vendor OUI + * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any + * @ies: data consisting of IEs + * @len: length of data + * + * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the + * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data); otherwise + * return the element structure for the requested element. + * + * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into + * the given data. + */ +const struct element *cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(unsigned int oui, int oui_type, + const u8 *ies, + unsigned int len); + +/** + * cfg80211_find_vendor_ie - find vendor specific information element in data + * + * @oui: vendor OUI + * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any + * @ies: data consisting of IEs + * @len: length of data + * + * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the + * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data), or a pointer to + * the first byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the + * element ID. + * + * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into + * the given data. + */ +static inline const u8 * +cfg80211_find_vendor_ie(unsigned int oui, int oui_type, + const u8 *ies, unsigned int len) +{ + return (const void *)cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(oui, oui_type, ies, len); +} + +/** + * cfg80211_send_layer2_update - send layer 2 update frame + * + * @dev: network device + * @addr: STA MAC address + * + * Wireless drivers can use this function to update forwarding tables in bridge + * devices upon STA association. + */ +void cfg80211_send_layer2_update(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr); + +/** + * DOC: Regulatory enforcement infrastructure + * + * TODO + */ + +/** + * regulatory_hint - driver hint to the wireless core a regulatory domain + * @wiphy: the wireless device giving the hint (used only for reporting + * conflicts) + * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 the driver claims its regulatory domain + * should be in. If @rd is set this should be NULL. Note that if you + * set this to NULL you should still set rd->alpha2 to some accepted + * alpha2. + * + * Wireless drivers can use this function to hint to the wireless core + * what it believes should be the current regulatory domain by + * giving it an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country code it knows its regulatory + * domain should be in or by providing a completely build regulatory domain. + * If the driver provides an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 userspace will be queried + * for a regulatory domain structure for the respective country. + * + * The wiphy must have been registered to cfg80211 prior to this call. + * For cfg80211 drivers this means you must first use wiphy_register(), + * for mac80211 drivers you must first use ieee80211_register_hw(). + * + * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get + * an -ENOMEM. + * + * Return: 0 on success. -ENOMEM. + */ +int regulatory_hint(struct wiphy *wiphy, const char *alpha2); + +/** + * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd - set regdom info for self managed drivers + * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on + * @rd: the regulatory domain informatoin to use for this wiphy + * + * Set the regulatory domain information for self-managed wiphys, only they + * may use this function. See %REGULATORY_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED for more + * information. + * + * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM + */ +int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(struct wiphy *wiphy, + struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd); + +/** + * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync - set regdom for self-managed drivers + * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on + * @rd: the regulatory domain information to use for this wiphy + * + * This functions requires the RTNL and the wiphy mutex to be held and + * applies the new regdomain synchronously to this wiphy. For more details + * see regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(). + * + * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM + */ +int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync(struct wiphy *wiphy, + struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd); + +/** + * wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory - apply a custom driver regulatory domain + * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on + * @regd: the custom regulatory domain to use for this wiphy + * + * Drivers can sometimes have custom regulatory domains which do not apply + * to a specific country. Drivers can use this to apply such custom regulatory + * domains. This routine must be called prior to wiphy registration. The + * custom regulatory domain will be trusted completely and as such previous + * default channel settings will be disregarded. If no rule is found for a + * channel on the regulatory domain the channel will be disabled. + * Drivers using this for a wiphy should also set the wiphy flag + * REGULATORY_CUSTOM_REG or cfg80211 will set it for the wiphy + * that called this helper. + */ +void wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory(struct wiphy *wiphy, + const struct ieee80211_regdomain *regd); + +/** + * freq_reg_info - get regulatory information for the given frequency + * @wiphy: the wiphy for which we want to process this rule for + * @center_freq: Frequency in KHz for which we want regulatory information for + * + * Use this function to get the regulatory rule for a specific frequency on + * a given wireless device. If the device has a specific regulatory domain + * it wants to follow we respect that unless a country IE has been received + * and processed already. + * + * Return: A valid pointer, or, when an error occurs, for example if no rule + * can be found, the return value is encoded using ERR_PTR(). Use IS_ERR() to + * check and PTR_ERR() to obtain the numeric return value. The numeric return + * value will be -ERANGE if we determine the given center_freq does not even + * have a regulatory rule for a frequency range in the center_freq's band. + * See freq_in_rule_band() for our current definition of a band -- this is + * purely subjective and right now it's 802.11 specific. + */ +const struct ieee80211_reg_rule *freq_reg_info(struct wiphy *wiphy, + u32 center_freq); + +/** + * reg_initiator_name - map regulatory request initiator enum to name + * @initiator: the regulatory request initiator + * + * You can use this to map the regulatory request initiator enum to a + * proper string representation. + */ +const char *reg_initiator_name(enum nl80211_reg_initiator initiator); + +/** + * regulatory_pre_cac_allowed - check if pre-CAC allowed in the current regdom + * @wiphy: wiphy for which pre-CAC capability is checked. + * + * Pre-CAC is allowed only in some regdomains (notable ETSI). + */ +bool regulatory_pre_cac_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy); + +/** + * DOC: Internal regulatory db functions + * + */ + +/** + * reg_query_regdb_wmm - Query internal regulatory db for wmm rule + * Regulatory self-managed driver can use it to proactively + * + * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 wmm rule to be queried. + * @freq: the freqency(in MHz) to be queried. + * @rule: pointer to store the wmm rule from the regulatory db. + * + * Self-managed wireless drivers can use this function to query + * the internal regulatory database to check whether the given + * ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country and freq have wmm rule limitations. + * + * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get + * an -ENODATA. + * + * Return: 0 on success. -ENODATA. + */ +int reg_query_regdb_wmm(char *alpha2, int freq, + struct ieee80211_reg_rule *rule); + +/* + * callbacks for asynchronous cfg80211 methods, notification + * functions and BSS handling helpers + */ + +/** + * cfg80211_scan_done - notify that scan finished + * + * @request: the corresponding scan request + * @info: information about the completed scan + */ +void cfg80211_scan_done(struct cfg80211_scan_request *request, + struct cfg80211_scan_info *info); + +/** + * cfg80211_sched_scan_results - notify that new scan results are available + * + * @wiphy: the wiphy which got scheduled scan results + * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request + */ +void cfg80211_sched_scan_results(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); + +/** + * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped + * + * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped + * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request + * + * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the + * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver + * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done. + */ +void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); + +/** + * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_locked - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped + * + * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped + * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request + * + * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the + * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver + * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done. + * This function should be called with the wiphy mutex held. + */ +void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_locked(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); + +/** + * cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data - inform cfg80211 of a received BSS frame + * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS + * @data: the BSS metadata + * @mgmt: the management frame (probe response or beacon) + * @len: length of the management frame + * @gfp: context flags + * + * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and + * the BSS should be updated/added. + * + * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()! + * Or %NULL on error. + */ +struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check +cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(struct wiphy *wiphy, + struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data, + struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, + gfp_t gfp); + +static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check +cfg80211_inform_bss_width_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy, + struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, + enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width, + struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, + s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) +{ + struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { + .chan = rx_channel, + .scan_width = scan_width, + .signal = signal, + }; + + return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp); +} + +static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check +cfg80211_inform_bss_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy, + struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, + struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, + s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) +{ + struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { + .chan = rx_channel, + .scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20, + .signal = signal, + }; + + return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp); +} + +/** + * cfg80211_gen_new_bssid - generate a nontransmitted BSSID for multi-BSSID + * @bssid: transmitter BSSID + * @max_bssid: max BSSID indicator, taken from Multiple BSSID element + * @mbssid_index: BSSID index, taken from Multiple BSSID index element + * @new_bssid: calculated nontransmitted BSSID + */ +static inline void cfg80211_gen_new_bssid(const u8 *bssid, u8 max_bssid, + u8 mbssid_index, u8 *new_bssid) +{ + u64 bssid_u64 = ether_addr_to_u64(bssid); + u64 mask = GENMASK_ULL(max_bssid - 1, 0); + u64 new_bssid_u64; + + new_bssid_u64 = bssid_u64 & ~mask; + + new_bssid_u64 |= ((bssid_u64 & mask) + mbssid_index) & mask; + + u64_to_ether_addr(new_bssid_u64, new_bssid); +} + +/** + * cfg80211_is_element_inherited - returns if element ID should be inherited + * @element: element to check + * @non_inherit_element: non inheritance element + */ +bool cfg80211_is_element_inherited(const struct element *element, + const struct element *non_inherit_element); + +/** + * cfg80211_merge_profile - merges a MBSSID profile if it is split between IEs + * @ie: ies + * @ielen: length of IEs + * @mbssid_elem: current MBSSID element + * @sub_elem: current MBSSID subelement (profile) + * @merged_ie: location of the merged profile + * @max_copy_len: max merged profile length + */ +size_t cfg80211_merge_profile(const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, + const struct element *mbssid_elem, + const struct element *sub_elem, + u8 *merged_ie, size_t max_copy_len); + +/** + * enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type - frame type that the BSS data came from + * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN: driver doesn't know whether the data is + * from a beacon or probe response + * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON: data comes from a beacon + * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP: data comes from a probe response + */ +enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type { + CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN, + CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON, + CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP, +}; + +/** + * cfg80211_get_ies_channel_number - returns the channel number from ies + * @ie: IEs + * @ielen: length of IEs + * @band: enum nl80211_band of the channel + * @ftype: frame type + * + * Returns the channel number, or -1 if none could be determined. + */ +int cfg80211_get_ies_channel_number(const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, + enum nl80211_band band, + enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype); + +/** + * cfg80211_inform_bss_data - inform cfg80211 of a new BSS + * + * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS + * @data: the BSS metadata + * @ftype: frame type (if known) + * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS + * @tsf: the TSF sent by the peer in the beacon/probe response (or 0) + * @capability: the capability field sent by the peer + * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval announced by the peer + * @ie: additional IEs sent by the peer + * @ielen: length of the additional IEs + * @gfp: context flags + * + * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and + * the BSS should be updated/added. + * + * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()! + * Or %NULL on error. + */ +struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check +cfg80211_inform_bss_data(struct wiphy *wiphy, + struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data, + enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, + const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, + u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, + gfp_t gfp); + +static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check +cfg80211_inform_bss_width(struct wiphy *wiphy, + struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, + enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width, + enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, + const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, + u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, + s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) +{ + struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { + .chan = rx_channel, + .scan_width = scan_width, + .signal = signal, + }; + + return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf, + capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen, + gfp); +} + +static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check +cfg80211_inform_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, + struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, + enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, + const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, + u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, + s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) +{ + struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { + .chan = rx_channel, + .scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20, + .signal = signal, + }; + + return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf, + capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen, + gfp); +} + +/** + * cfg80211_get_bss - get a BSS reference + * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to + * @channel: the channel to search on (or %NULL) + * @bssid: the desired BSSID (or %NULL) + * @ssid: the desired SSID (or %NULL) + * @ssid_len: length of the SSID (or 0) + * @bss_type: type of BSS, see &enum ieee80211_bss_type + * @privacy: privacy filter, see &enum ieee80211_privacy + */ +struct cfg80211_bss *cfg80211_get_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, + struct ieee80211_channel *channel, + const u8 *bssid, + const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len, + enum ieee80211_bss_type bss_type, + enum ieee80211_privacy privacy); +static inline struct cfg80211_bss * +cfg80211_get_ibss(struct wiphy *wiphy, + struct ieee80211_channel *channel, + const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len) +{ + return cfg80211_get_bss(wiphy, channel, NULL, ssid, ssid_len, + IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS, + IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY); +} + +/** + * cfg80211_ref_bss - reference BSS struct + * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to + * @bss: the BSS struct to reference + * + * Increments the refcount of the given BSS struct. + */ +void cfg80211_ref_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); + +/** + * cfg80211_put_bss - unref BSS struct + * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to + * @bss: the BSS struct + * + * Decrements the refcount of the given BSS struct. + */ +void cfg80211_put_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); + +/** + * cfg80211_unlink_bss - unlink BSS from internal data structures + * @wiphy: the wiphy + * @bss: the bss to remove + * + * This function removes the given BSS from the internal data structures + * thereby making it no longer show up in scan results etc. Use this + * function when you detect a BSS is gone. Normally BSSes will also time + * out, so it is not necessary to use this function at all. + */ +void cfg80211_unlink_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); + +/** + * cfg80211_bss_iter - iterate all BSS entries + * + * This function iterates over the BSS entries associated with the given wiphy + * and calls the callback for the iterated BSS. The iterator function is not + * allowed to call functions that might modify the internal state of the BSS DB. + * + * @wiphy: the wiphy + * @chandef: if given, the iterator function will be called only if the channel + * of the currently iterated BSS is a subset of the given channel. + * @iter: the iterator function to call + * @iter_data: an argument to the iterator function + */ +void cfg80211_bss_iter(struct wiphy *wiphy, + struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, + void (*iter)(struct wiphy *wiphy, + struct cfg80211_bss *bss, + void *data), + void *iter_data); + +static inline enum nl80211_bss_scan_width +cfg80211_chandef_to_scan_width(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) +{ + switch (chandef->width) { + case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: + return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5; + case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: + return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10; + default: + return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20; + } +} + +/** + * cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt - notification of processed MLME management frame + * @dev: network device + * @buf: authentication frame (header + body) + * @len: length of the frame data + * + * This function is called whenever an authentication, disassociation or + * deauthentication frame has been received and processed in station mode. + * After being asked to authenticate via cfg80211_ops::auth() the driver must + * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). + * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must + * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). + * While connected, the driver must calls this for received and processed + * disassociation and deauthentication frames. If the frame couldn't be used + * because it was unprotected, the driver must call the function + * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt() instead. + * + * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. + */ +void cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len); + +/** + * cfg80211_auth_timeout - notification of timed out authentication + * @dev: network device + * @addr: The MAC address of the device with which the authentication timed out + * + * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's + * mutex. + */ +void cfg80211_auth_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr); + +/** + * struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp - association response data + * @bss: the BSS that association was requested with, ownership of the pointer + * moves to cfg80211 in the call to cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp() + * @buf: (Re)Association Response frame (header + body) + * @len: length of the frame data + * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. Same format + * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field + * @req_ies: information elements from the (Re)Association Request frame + * @req_ies_len: length of req_ies data + * @ap_mld_addr: AP MLD address (in case of MLO) + * @links: per-link information indexed by link ID, use links[0] for + * non-MLO connections + */ +struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp { + const u8 *buf; + size_t len; + const u8 *req_ies; + size_t req_ies_len; + int uapsd_queues; + const u8 *ap_mld_addr; + struct { + const u8 *addr; + struct cfg80211_bss *bss; + } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; +}; + +/** + * cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp - notification of processed association response + * @dev: network device + * @data: association response data, &struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp + * + * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must + * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). + * + * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. + */ +void cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp(struct net_device *dev, + struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp *data); + +/** + * struct cfg80211_assoc_failure - association failure data + * @ap_mld_addr: AP MLD address, or %NULL + * @bss: list of BSSes, must use entry 0 for non-MLO connections + * (@ap_mld_addr is %NULL) + * @timeout: indicates the association failed due to timeout, otherwise + * the association was abandoned for a reason reported through some + * other API (e.g. deauth RX) + */ +struct cfg80211_assoc_failure { + const u8 *ap_mld_addr; + struct cfg80211_bss *bss[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; + bool timeout; +}; + +/** + * cfg80211_assoc_failure - notification of association failure + * @dev: network device + * @data: data describing the association failure + * + * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. + */ +void cfg80211_assoc_failure(struct net_device *dev, + struct cfg80211_assoc_failure *data); + +/** + * cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt - notification of transmitted deauth/disassoc frame + * @dev: network device + * @buf: 802.11 frame (header + body) + * @len: length of the frame data + * @reconnect: immediate reconnect is desired (include the nl80211 attribute) + * + * This function is called whenever deauthentication has been processed in + * station mode. This includes both received deauthentication frames and + * locally generated ones. This function may sleep. The caller must hold the + * corresponding wdev's mutex. + */ +void cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len, + bool reconnect); + +/** + * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt - notification of unprotected mlme mgmt frame + * @dev: network device + * @buf: received management frame (header + body) + * @len: length of the frame data + * + * This function is called whenever a received deauthentication or dissassoc + * frame has been dropped in station mode because of MFP being used but the + * frame was not protected. This is also used to notify reception of a Beacon + * frame that was dropped because it did not include a valid MME MIC while + * beacon protection was enabled (BIGTK configured in station mode). + * + * This function may sleep. + */ +void cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, + const u8 *buf, size_t len); + +/** + * cfg80211_michael_mic_failure - notification of Michael MIC failure (TKIP) + * @dev: network device + * @addr: The source MAC address of the frame + * @key_type: The key type that the received frame used + * @key_id: Key identifier (0..3). Can be -1 if missing. + * @tsc: The TSC value of the frame that generated the MIC failure (6 octets) + * @gfp: allocation flags + * + * This function is called whenever the local MAC detects a MIC failure in a + * received frame. This matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() + * primitive. + */ +void cfg80211_michael_mic_failure(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, + enum nl80211_key_type key_type, int key_id, + const u8 *tsc, gfp_t gfp); + +/** + * cfg80211_ibss_joined - notify cfg80211 that device joined an IBSS + * + * @dev: network device + * @bssid: the BSSID of the IBSS joined + * @channel: the channel of the IBSS joined + * @gfp: allocation flags + * + * This function notifies cfg80211 that the device joined an IBSS or + * switched to a different BSSID. Before this function can be called, + * either a beacon has to have been received from the IBSS, or one of + * the cfg80211_inform_bss{,_frame} functions must have been called + * with the locally generated beacon -- this guarantees that there is + * always a scan result for this IBSS. cfg80211 will handle the rest. + */ +void cfg80211_ibss_joined(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, + struct ieee80211_channel *channel, gfp_t gfp); + +/** + * cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate - notify cfg80211 of a new mesh peer + * candidate + * + * @dev: network device + * @macaddr: the MAC address of the new candidate + * @ie: information elements advertised by the peer candidate + * @ie_len: length of the information elements buffer + * @sig_dbm: signal level in dBm + * @gfp: allocation flags + * + * This function notifies cfg80211 that the mesh peer candidate has been + * detected, most likely via a beacon or, less likely, via a probe response. + * cfg80211 then sends a notification to userspace. + */ +void cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate(struct net_device *dev, + const u8 *macaddr, const u8 *ie, u8 ie_len, + int sig_dbm, gfp_t gfp); + +/** + * DOC: RFkill integration + * + * RFkill integration in cfg80211 is almost invisible to drivers, + * as cfg80211 automatically registers an rfkill instance for each + * wireless device it knows about. Soft kill is also translated + * into disconnecting and turning all interfaces off, drivers are + * expected to turn off the device when all interfaces are down. + * + * However, devices may have a hard RFkill line, in which case they + * also need to interact with the rfkill subsystem, via cfg80211. + * They can do this with a few helper functions documented here. + */ + +/** + * wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state_reason - notify cfg80211 about hw block state + * @wiphy: the wiphy + * @blocked: block status + * @reason: one of reasons in &enum rfkill_hard_block_reasons + */ +void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state_reason(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked, + enum rfkill_hard_block_reasons reason); + +static inline void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked) +{ + wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state_reason(wiphy, blocked, + RFKILL_HARD_BLOCK_SIGNAL); +} + +/** + * wiphy_rfkill_start_polling - start polling rfkill + * @wiphy: the wiphy + */ +void wiphy_rfkill_start_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy); + +/** + * wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling - stop polling rfkill + * @wiphy: the wiphy + */ +static inline void wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy) +{ + rfkill_pause_polling(wiphy->rfkill); +} + +/** + * DOC: Vendor commands + * + * Occasionally, there are special protocol or firmware features that + * can't be implemented very openly. For this and similar cases, the + * vendor command functionality allows implementing the features with + * (typically closed-source) userspace and firmware, using nl80211 as + * the configuration mechanism. + * + * A driver supporting vendor commands must register them as an array + * in struct wiphy, with handlers for each one, each command has an + * OUI and sub command ID to identify it. + * + * Note that this feature should not be (ab)used to implement protocol + * features that could openly be shared across drivers. In particular, + * it must never be required to use vendor commands to implement any + * "normal" functionality that higher-level userspace like connection + * managers etc. need. + */ + +struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, + enum nl80211_commands cmd, + enum nl80211_attrs attr, + int approxlen); + +struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, + struct wireless_dev *wdev, + enum nl80211_commands cmd, + enum nl80211_attrs attr, + unsigned int portid, + int vendor_event_idx, + int approxlen, gfp_t gfp); + +void __cfg80211_send_event_skb(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp); + +/** + * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb - allocate vendor command reply + * @wiphy: the wiphy + * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will + * be put into the skb + * + * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to + * a vendor command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling + * it outside of a vendor command's doit() operation is invalid. + * + * The returned skb is pre-filled with some identifying data in + * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(), + * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the + * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute, so all that needs to be done + * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool + * which can then read that data out of the vendor data attribute. + * You must not modify the skb in any other way. + * + * When done, call cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply() with the skb and return + * its error code as the result of the doit() operation. + * + * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. + */ +static inline struct sk_buff * +cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen) +{ + return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, + NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, approxlen); +} + +/** + * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply - send the reply skb + * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with + * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb() + * + * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing + * before returning from the vendor command doit() you should + * return the error code. Note that this function consumes the + * skb regardless of the return value. + * + * Return: An error code or 0 on success. + */ +int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(struct sk_buff *skb); + +/** + * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender - get the current sender netlink ID + * @wiphy: the wiphy + * + * Return the current netlink port ID in a vendor command handler. + * Valid to call only there. + */ +unsigned int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(struct wiphy *wiphy); + +/** + * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc - allocate vendor-specific event skb + * @wiphy: the wiphy + * @wdev: the wireless device + * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events + * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will + * be put into the skb + * @gfp: allocation flags + * + * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the + * vendor-specific multicast group. + * + * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified + * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data + * attribute. + * + * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the + * skb to send the event. + * + * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. + */ +static inline struct sk_buff * +cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, + int approxlen, int event_idx, gfp_t gfp) +{ + return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, + NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, + 0, event_idx, approxlen, gfp); +} + +/** + * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast - alloc unicast vendor-specific event skb + * @wiphy: the wiphy + * @wdev: the wireless device + * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events + * @portid: port ID of the receiver + * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will + * be put into the skb + * @gfp: allocation flags + * + * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event to send to + * a specific (userland) socket. This socket would previously have been + * obtained by cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(), and the caller MUST take + * care to register a netlink notifier to see when the socket closes. + * + * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified + * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data + * attribute. + * + * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the + * skb to send the event. + * + * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. + */ +static inline struct sk_buff * +cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast(struct wiphy *wiphy, + struct wireless_dev *wdev, + unsigned int portid, int approxlen, + int event_idx, gfp_t gfp) +{ + return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, + NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, + portid, event_idx, approxlen, gfp); +} + +/** + * cfg80211_vendor_event - send the event + * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc() + * @gfp: allocation flags + * + * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated + * by cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(), as an event. It always consumes it. + */ +static inline void cfg80211_vendor_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp) +{ + __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp); +} + +#ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE +/** + * DOC: Test mode + * + * Test mode is a set of utility functions to allow drivers to + * interact with driver-specific tools to aid, for instance, + * factory programming. + * + * This chapter describes how drivers interact with it, for more + * information see the nl80211 book's chapter on it. + */ + +/** + * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb - allocate testmode reply + * @wiphy: the wiphy + * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will + * be put into the skb + * + * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to + * the testmode command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling + * it outside of the @testmode_cmd operation is invalid. + * + * The returned skb is pre-filled with the wiphy index and set up in + * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(), + * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the + * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute, so all that needs to be done + * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool + * which can then read that data out of the testdata attribute. You + * must not modify the skb in any other way. + * + * When done, call cfg80211_testmode_reply() with the skb and return + * its error code as the result of the @testmode_cmd operation. + * + * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. + */ +static inline struct sk_buff * +cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen) +{ + return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, + NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, approxlen); +} + +/** + * cfg80211_testmode_reply - send the reply skb + * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with + * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() + * + * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing + * before returning from the @testmode_cmd you should return + * the error code. Note that this function consumes the skb + * regardless of the return value. + * + * Return: An error code or 0 on success. + */ +static inline int cfg80211_testmode_reply(struct sk_buff *skb) +{ + return cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(skb); +} + +/** + * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb - allocate testmode event + * @wiphy: the wiphy + * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will + * be put into the skb + * @gfp: allocation flags + * + * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the + * testmode multicast group. + * + * The returned skb is set up in the same way as with + * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() but prepared for an event. As + * there, you should simply add data to it that will then end up in the + * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute. Again, you must not modify the skb + * in any other way. + * + * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_testmode_event() with the + * skb to send the event. + * + * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. + */ +static inline struct sk_buff * +cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen, gfp_t gfp) +{ + return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, NULL, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, + NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, 0, -1, + approxlen, gfp); +} + +/** + * cfg80211_testmode_event - send the event + * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with + * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb() + * @gfp: allocation flags + * + * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated + * by cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(), as an event. It always + * consumes it. + */ +static inline void cfg80211_testmode_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp) +{ + __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp); +} + +#define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) .testmode_cmd = (cmd), +#define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) .testmode_dump = (cmd), +#else +#define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) +#define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) +#endif + +/** + * struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params - FILS connection response params + * @kek: KEK derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL) + * @kek_len: Length of @fils_kek in octets + * @update_erp_next_seq_num: Boolean value to specify whether the value in + * @erp_next_seq_num is valid. + * @erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in ERP message in + * FILS Authentication. This value should be specified irrespective of the + * status for a FILS connection. + * @pmk: A new PMK if derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL). + * @pmk_len: Length of @pmk in octets + * @pmkid: A new PMKID if derived from a successful FILS connection or the PMKID + * used for this FILS connection (may be %NULL). + */ +struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params { + const u8 *kek; + size_t kek_len; + bool update_erp_next_seq_num; + u16 erp_next_seq_num; + const u8 *pmk; + size_t pmk_len; + const u8 *pmkid; +}; + +/** + * struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params - Connection response params + * @status: Status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use + * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you + * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a + * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame + * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to + * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code. + * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that + * case. + * @req_ie: Association request IEs (may be %NULL) + * @req_ie_len: Association request IEs length + * @resp_ie: Association response IEs (may be %NULL) + * @resp_ie_len: Association response IEs length + * @fils: FILS connection response parameters. + * @timeout_reason: Reason for connection timeout. This is used when the + * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from + * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is + * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the + * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP. + * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0). + * @valid_links: For MLO connection, BIT mask of the valid link ids. Otherwise + * zero. + * @ap_mld_addr: For MLO connection, MLD address of the AP. Otherwise %NULL. + * @links : For MLO connection, contains link info for the valid links indicated + * using @valid_links. For non-MLO connection, links[0] contains the + * connected AP info. + * @links.addr: For MLO connection, MAC address of the STA link. Otherwise + * %NULL. + * @links.bssid: For MLO connection, MAC address of the AP link. For non-MLO + * connection, links[0].bssid points to the BSSID of the AP (may be %NULL). + * @links.bss: For MLO connection, entry of bss to which STA link is connected. + * For non-MLO connection, links[0].bss points to entry of bss to which STA + * is connected. It can be obtained through cfg80211_get_bss() (may be + * %NULL). It is recommended to store the bss from the connect_request and + * hold a reference to it and return through this param to avoid a warning + * if the bss is expired during the connection, esp. for those drivers + * implementing connect op. Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs + * to be specified. + */ +struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params { + int status; + const u8 *req_ie; + size_t req_ie_len; + const u8 *resp_ie; + size_t resp_ie_len; + struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils; + enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason; + + const u8 *ap_mld_addr; + u16 valid_links; + struct { + const u8 *addr; + const u8 *bssid; + struct cfg80211_bss *bss; + } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; +}; + +/** + * cfg80211_connect_done - notify cfg80211 of connection result + * + * @dev: network device + * @params: connection response parameters + * @gfp: allocation flags + * + * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection + * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to + * cfg80211_connect_bss(), but takes a structure pointer for connection response + * parameters. Only one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), + * cfg80211_connect_result(), cfg80211_connect_timeout(), + * and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. + */ +void cfg80211_connect_done(struct net_device *dev, + struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params *params, + gfp_t gfp); + +/** + * cfg80211_connect_bss - notify cfg80211 of connection result + * + * @dev: network device + * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP + * @bss: Entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained through + * cfg80211_get_bss() (may be %NULL). But it is recommended to store the + * bss from the connect_request and hold a reference to it and return + * through this param to avoid a warning if the bss is expired during the + * connection, esp. for those drivers implementing connect op. + * Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs to be specified. + * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) + * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length + * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) + * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length + * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use + * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you + * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a + * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame + * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to + * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code. + * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that + * case. + * @gfp: allocation flags + * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. This is used when the + * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from + * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is + * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the + * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP. + * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0). + * + * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection + * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to + * cfg80211_connect_result(), but with the option of identifying the exact bss + * entry for the connection. Only one of the functions among + * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), + * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. + */ +static inline void +cfg80211_connect_bss(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, + struct cfg80211_bss *bss, const u8 *req_ie, + size_t req_ie_len, const u8 *resp_ie, + size_t resp_ie_len, int status, gfp_t gfp, + enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason) +{ + struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params params; + + memset(¶ms, 0, sizeof(params)); + params.status = status; + params.links[0].bssid = bssid; + params.links[0].bss = bss; + params.req_ie = req_ie; + params.req_ie_len = req_ie_len; + params.resp_ie = resp_ie; + params.resp_ie_len = resp_ie_len; + params.timeout_reason = timeout_reason; + + cfg80211_connect_done(dev, ¶ms, gfp); +} + +/** + * cfg80211_connect_result - notify cfg80211 of connection result + * + * @dev: network device + * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP + * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) + * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length + * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) + * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length + * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use + * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you + * the real status code for failures. + * @gfp: allocation flags + * + * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection + * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to + * cfg80211_connect_bss() which allows the exact bss entry to be specified. Only + * one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), + * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. + */ +static inline void +cfg80211_connect_result(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, + const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, + const u8 *resp_ie, size_t resp_ie_len, + u16 status, gfp_t gfp) +{ + cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, resp_ie, + resp_ie_len, status, gfp, + NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED); +} + +/** + * cfg80211_connect_timeout - notify cfg80211 of connection timeout + * + * @dev: network device + * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP + * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) + * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length + * @gfp: allocation flags + * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. + * + * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever connect() has failed + * in a sequence where no explicit authentication/association rejection was + * received from the AP. This could happen, e.g., due to not being able to send + * out the Authentication or Association Request frame or timing out while + * waiting for the response. Only one of the functions among + * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), + * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. + */ +static inline void +cfg80211_connect_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, + const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, gfp_t gfp, + enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason) +{ + cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, NULL, 0, -1, + gfp, timeout_reason); +} + +/** + * struct cfg80211_roam_info - driver initiated roaming information + * + * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) + * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length + * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) + * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length + * @fils: FILS related roaming information. + * @valid_links: For MLO roaming, BIT mask of the new valid links is set. + * Otherwise zero. + * @ap_mld_addr: For MLO roaming, MLD address of the new AP. Otherwise %NULL. + * @links : For MLO roaming, contains new link info for the valid links set in + * @valid_links. For non-MLO roaming, links[0] contains the new AP info. + * @links.addr: For MLO roaming, MAC address of the STA link. Otherwise %NULL. + * @links.bssid: For MLO roaming, MAC address of the new AP link. For non-MLO + * roaming, links[0].bssid points to the BSSID of the new AP. May be + * %NULL if %links.bss is set. + * @links.channel: the channel of the new AP. + * @links.bss: For MLO roaming, entry of new bss to which STA link got + * roamed. For non-MLO roaming, links[0].bss points to entry of bss to + * which STA got roamed (may be %NULL if %links.bssid is set) + */ +struct cfg80211_roam_info { + const u8 *req_ie; + size_t req_ie_len; + const u8 *resp_ie; + size_t resp_ie_len; + struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils; + + const u8 *ap_mld_addr; + u16 valid_links; + struct { + const u8 *addr; + const u8 *bssid; + struct ieee80211_channel *channel; + struct cfg80211_bss *bss; + } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; +}; + +/** + * cfg80211_roamed - notify cfg80211 of roaming + * + * @dev: network device + * @info: information about the new BSS. struct &cfg80211_roam_info. + * @gfp: allocation flags + * + * This function may be called with the driver passing either the BSSID of the + * new AP or passing the bss entry to avoid a race in timeout of the bss entry. + * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever it roamed from one AP + * to another while connected. Drivers which have roaming implemented in + * firmware should pass the bss entry to avoid a race in bss entry timeout where + * the bss entry of the new AP is seen in the driver, but gets timed out by the + * time it is accessed in __cfg80211_roamed() due to delay in scheduling + * rdev->event_work. In case of any failures, the reference is released + * either in cfg80211_roamed() or in __cfg80211_romed(), Otherwise, it will be + * released while disconnecting from the current bss. + */ +void cfg80211_roamed(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_roam_info *info, + gfp_t gfp); + +/** + * cfg80211_port_authorized - notify cfg80211 of successful security association + * + * @dev: network device + * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP + * @gfp: allocation flags + * + * This function should be called by a driver that supports 4 way handshake + * offload after a security association was successfully established (i.e., + * the 4 way handshake was completed successfully). The call to this function + * should be preceded with a call to cfg80211_connect_result(), + * cfg80211_connect_done(), cfg80211_connect_bss() or cfg80211_roamed() to + * indicate the 802.11 association. + */ +void cfg80211_port_authorized(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, + gfp_t gfp); + +/** + * cfg80211_disconnected - notify cfg80211 that connection was dropped + * + * @dev: network device + * @ie: information elements of the deauth/disassoc frame (may be %NULL) + * @ie_len: length of IEs + * @reason: reason code for the disconnection, set it to 0 if unknown + * @locally_generated: disconnection was requested locally + * @gfp: allocation flags + * + * After it calls this function, the driver should enter an idle state + * and not try to connect to any AP any more. + */ +void cfg80211_disconnected(struct net_device *dev, u16 reason, + const u8 *ie, size_t ie_len, + bool locally_generated, gfp_t gfp); + +/** + * cfg80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain_on_channel start + * @wdev: wireless device + * @cookie: the request cookie + * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request) + * @duration: Duration in milliseconds that the driver intents to remain on the + * channel + * @gfp: allocation flags + */ +void cfg80211_ready_on_channel(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, + struct ieee80211_channel *chan, + unsigned int duration, gfp_t gfp); + +/** + * cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired + * @wdev: wireless device + * @cookie: the request cookie + * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request) + * @gfp: allocation flags + */ +void cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, + struct ieee80211_channel *chan, + gfp_t gfp); + +/** + * cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired - tx_mgmt duration expired + * @wdev: wireless device + * @cookie: the requested cookie + * @chan: The current channel (from tx_mgmt request) + * @gfp: allocation flags + */ +void cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, + struct ieee80211_channel *chan, gfp_t gfp); + +/** + * cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats - allocate per-tid statistics. + * + * @sinfo: the station information + * @gfp: allocation flags + */ +int cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats(struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); + +/** + * cfg80211_sinfo_release_content - release contents of station info + * @sinfo: the station information + * + * Releases any potentially allocated sub-information of the station + * information, but not the struct itself (since it's typically on + * the stack.) + */ +static inline void cfg80211_sinfo_release_content(struct station_info *sinfo) +{ + kfree(sinfo->pertid); +} + +/** + * cfg80211_new_sta - notify userspace about station + * + * @dev: the netdev + * @mac_addr: the station's address + * @sinfo: the station information + * @gfp: allocation flags + */ +void cfg80211_new_sta(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, + struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); + +/** + * cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo - notify userspace about deletion of a station + * @dev: the netdev + * @mac_addr: the station's address + * @sinfo: the station information/statistics + * @gfp: allocation flags + */ +void cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, + struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); + +/** + * cfg80211_del_sta - notify userspace about deletion of a station + * + * @dev: the netdev + * @mac_addr: the station's address + * @gfp: allocation flags + */ +static inline void cfg80211_del_sta(struct net_device *dev, + const u8 *mac_addr, gfp_t gfp) +{ + cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(dev, mac_addr, NULL, gfp); +} + +/** + * cfg80211_conn_failed - connection request failed notification + * + * @dev: the netdev + * @mac_addr: the station's address + * @reason: the reason for connection failure + * @gfp: allocation flags + * + * Whenever a station tries to connect to an AP and if the station + * could not connect to the AP as the AP has rejected the connection + * for some reasons, this function is called. + * + * The reason for connection failure can be any of the value from + * nl80211_connect_failed_reason enum + */ +void cfg80211_conn_failed(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, + enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason reason, + gfp_t gfp); + +/** + * struct cfg80211_rx_info - received management frame info + * + * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in kHz + * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown + * @have_link_id: indicates the frame was received on a link of + * an MLD, i.e. the @link_id field is valid + * @link_id: the ID of the link the frame was received on + * @buf: Management frame (header + body) + * @len: length of the frame data + * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags + * @rx_tstamp: Hardware timestamp of frame RX in nanoseconds + * @ack_tstamp: Hardware timestamp of ack TX in nanoseconds + */ +struct cfg80211_rx_info { + int freq; + int sig_dbm; + bool have_link_id; + u8 link_id; + const u8 *buf; + size_t len; + u32 flags; + u64 rx_tstamp; + u64 ack_tstamp; +}; + +/** + * cfg80211_rx_mgmt_ext - management frame notification with extended info + * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame + * @info: RX info as defined in struct cfg80211_rx_info + * + * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station + * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel. + * + * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame. + * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized + * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the + * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame. + */ +bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt_ext(struct wireless_dev *wdev, + struct cfg80211_rx_info *info); + +/** + * cfg80211_rx_mgmt_khz - notification of received, unprocessed management frame + * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame + * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in KHz + * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown + * @buf: Management frame (header + body) + * @len: length of the frame data + * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags + * + * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station + * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel. + * + * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame. + * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized + * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the + * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame. + */ +static inline bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt_khz(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq, + int sig_dbm, const u8 *buf, size_t len, + u32 flags) +{ + struct cfg80211_rx_info info = { + .freq = freq, + .sig_dbm = sig_dbm, + .buf = buf, + .len = len, + .flags = flags + }; + + return cfg80211_rx_mgmt_ext(wdev, &info); +} + +/** + * cfg80211_rx_mgmt - notification of received, unprocessed management frame + * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame + * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in MHz + * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown + * @buf: Management frame (header + body) + * @len: length of the frame data + * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags + * + * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station + * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel. + * + * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame. + * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized + * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the + * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame. + */ +static inline bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq, + int sig_dbm, const u8 *buf, size_t len, + u32 flags) +{ + struct cfg80211_rx_info info = { + .freq = MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq), + .sig_dbm = sig_dbm, + .buf = buf, + .len = len, + .flags = flags + }; + + return cfg80211_rx_mgmt_ext(wdev, &info); +} + +/** + * struct cfg80211_tx_status - TX status for management frame information + * + * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() + * @tx_tstamp: hardware TX timestamp in nanoseconds + * @ack_tstamp: hardware ack RX timestamp in nanoseconds + * @buf: Management frame (header + body) + * @len: length of the frame data + * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged + */ +struct cfg80211_tx_status { + u64 cookie; + u64 tx_tstamp; + u64 ack_tstamp; + const u8 *buf; + size_t len; + bool ack; +}; + +/** + * cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status_ext - TX status notification with extended info + * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame + * @status: TX status data + * @gfp: context flags + * + * This function is called whenever a management frame was requested to be + * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() to report the TX status of the + * transmission attempt with extended info. + */ +void cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status_ext(struct wireless_dev *wdev, + struct cfg80211_tx_status *status, gfp_t gfp); + +/** + * cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status - notification of TX status for management frame + * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame + * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() + * @buf: Management frame (header + body) + * @len: length of the frame data + * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged + * @gfp: context flags + * + * This function is called whenever a management frame was requested to be + * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() to report the TX status of the + * transmission attempt. + */ +static inline void cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev, + u64 cookie, const u8 *buf, + size_t len, bool ack, gfp_t gfp) +{ + struct cfg80211_tx_status status = { + .cookie = cookie, + .buf = buf, + .len = len, + .ack = ack + }; + + cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status_ext(wdev, &status, gfp); +} + +/** + * cfg80211_control_port_tx_status - notification of TX status for control + * port frames + * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame + * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::tx_control_port() + * @buf: Data frame (header + body) + * @len: length of the frame data + * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged + * @gfp: context flags + * + * This function is called whenever a control port frame was requested to be + * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::tx_control_port() to report the TX status of + * the transmission attempt. + */ +void cfg80211_control_port_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, + const u8 *buf, size_t len, bool ack, + gfp_t gfp); + +/** + * cfg80211_rx_control_port - notification about a received control port frame + * @dev: The device the frame matched to + * @skb: The skbuf with the control port frame. It is assumed that the skbuf + * is 802.3 formatted (with 802.3 header). The skb can be non-linear. + * This function does not take ownership of the skb, so the caller is + * responsible for any cleanup. The caller must also ensure that + * skb->protocol is set appropriately. + * @unencrypted: Whether the frame was received unencrypted + * + * This function is used to inform userspace about a received control port + * frame. It should only be used if userspace indicated it wants to receive + * control port frames over nl80211. + * + * The frame is the data portion of the 802.3 or 802.11 data frame with all + * network layer headers removed (e.g. the raw EAPoL frame). + * + * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace + */ +bool cfg80211_rx_control_port(struct net_device *dev, + struct sk_buff *skb, bool unencrypted); + +/** + * cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify - connection quality monitoring rssi event + * @dev: network device + * @rssi_event: the triggered RSSI event + * @rssi_level: new RSSI level value or 0 if not available + * @gfp: context flags + * + * This function is called when a configured connection quality monitoring + * rssi threshold reached event occurs. + */ +void cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct net_device *dev, + enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event, + s32 rssi_level, gfp_t gfp); + +/** + * cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify - notify userspace about packetloss to peer + * @dev: network device + * @peer: peer's MAC address + * @num_packets: how many packets were lost -- should be a fixed threshold + * but probably no less than maybe 50, or maybe a throughput dependent + * threshold (to account for temporary interference) + * @gfp: context flags + */ +void cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify(struct net_device *dev, + const u8 *peer, u32 num_packets, gfp_t gfp); + +/** + * cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify - TX error rate event + * @dev: network device + * @peer: peer's MAC address + * @num_packets: how many packets were lost + * @rate: % of packets which failed transmission + * @intvl: interval (in s) over which the TX failure threshold was breached. + * @gfp: context flags + * + * Notify userspace when configured % TX failures over number of packets in a + * given interval is exceeded. + */ +void cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer, + u32 num_packets, u32 rate, u32 intvl, gfp_t gfp); + +/** + * cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify - beacon loss event + * @dev: network device + * @gfp: context flags + * + * Notify userspace about beacon loss from the connected AP. + */ +void cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify(struct net_device *dev, gfp_t gfp); + +/** + * __cfg80211_radar_event - radar detection event + * @wiphy: the wiphy + * @chandef: chandef for the current channel + * @offchan: the radar has been detected on the offchannel chain + * @gfp: context flags + * + * This function is called when a radar is detected on the current chanenl. + */ +void __cfg80211_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy, + struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, + bool offchan, gfp_t gfp); + +static inline void +cfg80211_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy, + struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, + gfp_t gfp) +{ + __cfg80211_radar_event(wiphy, chandef, false, gfp); +} + +static inline void +cfg80211_background_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy, + struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, + gfp_t gfp) +{ + __cfg80211_radar_event(wiphy, chandef, true, gfp); +} + +/** + * cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify - STA's ht/vht operation mode change event + * @dev: network device + * @mac: MAC address of a station which opmode got modified + * @sta_opmode: station's current opmode value + * @gfp: context flags + * + * Driver should call this function when station's opmode modified via action + * frame. + */ +void cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac, + struct sta_opmode_info *sta_opmode, + gfp_t gfp); + +/** + * cfg80211_cac_event - Channel availability check (CAC) event + * @netdev: network device + * @chandef: chandef for the current channel + * @event: type of event + * @gfp: context flags + * + * This function is called when a Channel availability check (CAC) is finished + * or aborted. This must be called to notify the completion of a CAC process, + * also by full-MAC drivers. + */ +void cfg80211_cac_event(struct net_device *netdev, + const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, + enum nl80211_radar_event event, gfp_t gfp); + +/** + * cfg80211_background_cac_abort - Channel Availability Check offchan abort event + * @wiphy: the wiphy + * + * This function is called by the driver when a Channel Availability Check + * (CAC) is aborted by a offchannel dedicated chain. + */ +void cfg80211_background_cac_abort(struct wiphy *wiphy); + +/** + * cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace about driver rekeying + * @dev: network device + * @bssid: BSSID of AP (to avoid races) + * @replay_ctr: new replay counter + * @gfp: allocation flags + */ +void cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, + const u8 *replay_ctr, gfp_t gfp); + +/** + * cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify - notify about PMKSA caching candidate + * @dev: network device + * @index: candidate index (the smaller the index, the higher the priority) + * @bssid: BSSID of AP + * @preauth: Whether AP advertises support for RSN pre-authentication + * @gfp: allocation flags + */ +void cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify(struct net_device *dev, int index, + const u8 *bssid, bool preauth, gfp_t gfp); + +/** + * cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame - inform userspace about a spurious frame + * @dev: The device the frame matched to + * @addr: the transmitter address + * @gfp: context flags + * + * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that + * a spurious class 3 frame was received, to be able to deauth the + * sender. + * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed + * for a reason other than not having a subscription.) + */ +bool cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame(struct net_device *dev, + const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp); + +/** + * cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame - inform about unexpected WDS frame + * @dev: The device the frame matched to + * @addr: the transmitter address + * @gfp: context flags + * + * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that + * an associated station sent a 4addr frame but that wasn't expected. + * It is allowed and desirable to send this event only once for each + * station to avoid event flooding. + * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed + * for a reason other than not having a subscription.) + */ +bool cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame(struct net_device *dev, + const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp); + +/** + * cfg80211_probe_status - notify userspace about probe status + * @dev: the device the probe was sent on + * @addr: the address of the peer + * @cookie: the cookie filled in @probe_client previously + * @acked: indicates whether probe was acked or not + * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the ACK frame. + * @is_valid_ack_signal: indicates the ack_signal is valid or not. + * @gfp: allocation flags + */ +void cfg80211_probe_status(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, + u64 cookie, bool acked, s32 ack_signal, + bool is_valid_ack_signal, gfp_t gfp); + +/** + * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz - report beacon from other APs + * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon + * @frame: the frame + * @len: length of the frame + * @freq: frequency the frame was received on in KHz + * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown + * + * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was + * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no + * netdev that is in AP/GO mode. + */ +void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz(struct wiphy *wiphy, const u8 *frame, + size_t len, int freq, int sig_dbm); + +/** + * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon - report beacon from other APs + * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon + * @frame: the frame + * @len: length of the frame + * @freq: frequency the frame was received on + * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown + * + * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was + * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no + * netdev that is in AP/GO mode. + */ +static inline void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy, + const u8 *frame, size_t len, + int freq, int sig_dbm) +{ + cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz(wiphy, frame, len, MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq), + sig_dbm); +} + +/** + * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon - check if beaconing is allowed + * @wiphy: the wiphy + * @chandef: the channel definition + * @iftype: interface type + * + * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s) + * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.) + */ +bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy, + struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, + enum nl80211_iftype iftype); + +/** + * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax - check if beaconing is allowed with relaxation + * @wiphy: the wiphy + * @chandef: the channel definition + * @iftype: interface type + * + * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s) + * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.). This version + * also checks if IR-relaxation conditions apply, to allow beaconing under + * more permissive conditions. + * + * Requires the wiphy mutex to be held. + */ +bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax(struct wiphy *wiphy, + struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, + enum nl80211_iftype iftype); + +/* + * cfg80211_ch_switch_notify - update wdev channel and notify userspace + * @dev: the device which switched channels + * @chandef: the new channel definition + * @link_id: the link ID for MLO, must be 0 for non-MLO + * + * Caller must acquire wdev_lock, therefore must only be called from sleepable + * driver context! + */ +void cfg80211_ch_switch_notify(struct net_device *dev, + struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, + unsigned int link_id); + +/* + * cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify - notify channel switch start + * @dev: the device on which the channel switch started + * @chandef: the future channel definition + * @link_id: the link ID for MLO, must be 0 for non-MLO + * @count: the number of TBTTs until the channel switch happens + * @quiet: whether or not immediate quiet was requested by the AP + * + * Inform the userspace about the channel switch that has just + * started, so that it can take appropriate actions (eg. starting + * channel switch on other vifs), if necessary. + */ +void cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify(struct net_device *dev, + struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, + unsigned int link_id, u8 count, + bool quiet); + +/** + * ieee80211_operating_class_to_band - convert operating class to band + * + * @operating_class: the operating class to convert + * @band: band pointer to fill + * + * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise. + */ +bool ieee80211_operating_class_to_band(u8 operating_class, + enum nl80211_band *band); + +/** + * ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class - convert chandef to operation class + * + * @chandef: the chandef to convert + * @op_class: a pointer to the resulting operating class + * + * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise. + */ +bool ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, + u8 *op_class); + +/** + * ieee80211_chandef_to_khz - convert chandef to frequency in KHz + * + * @chandef: the chandef to convert + * + * Returns the center frequency of chandef (1st segment) in KHz. + */ +static inline u32 +ieee80211_chandef_to_khz(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) +{ + return MHZ_TO_KHZ(chandef->center_freq1) + chandef->freq1_offset; +} + +/* + * cfg80211_tdls_oper_request - request userspace to perform TDLS operation + * @dev: the device on which the operation is requested + * @peer: the MAC address of the peer device + * @oper: the requested TDLS operation (NL80211_TDLS_SETUP or + * NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN) + * @reason_code: the reason code for teardown request + * @gfp: allocation flags + * + * This function is used to request userspace to perform TDLS operation that + * requires knowledge of keys, i.e., link setup or teardown when the AP + * connection uses encryption. This is optional mechanism for the driver to use + * if it can automatically determine when a TDLS link could be useful (e.g., + * based on traffic and signal strength for a peer). + */ +void cfg80211_tdls_oper_request(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer, + enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper, + u16 reason_code, gfp_t gfp); + +/* + * cfg80211_calculate_bitrate - calculate actual bitrate (in 100Kbps units) + * @rate: given rate_info to calculate bitrate from + * + * return 0 if MCS index >= 32 + */ +u32 cfg80211_calculate_bitrate(struct rate_info *rate); + +/** + * cfg80211_unregister_wdev - remove the given wdev + * @wdev: struct wireless_dev to remove + * + * This function removes the device so it can no longer be used. It is necessary + * to call this function even when cfg80211 requests the removal of the device + * by calling the del_virtual_intf() callback. The function must also be called + * when the driver wishes to unregister the wdev, e.g. when the hardware device + * is unbound from the driver. + * + * Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held. + */ +void cfg80211_unregister_wdev(struct wireless_dev *wdev); + +/** + * cfg80211_register_netdevice - register the given netdev + * @dev: the netdev to register + * + * Note: In contexts coming from cfg80211 callbacks, you must call this rather + * than register_netdevice(), unregister_netdev() is impossible as the RTNL is + * held. Otherwise, both register_netdevice() and register_netdev() are usable + * instead as well. + * + * Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held. + */ +int cfg80211_register_netdevice(struct net_device *dev); + +/** + * cfg80211_unregister_netdevice - unregister the given netdev + * @dev: the netdev to register + * + * Note: In contexts coming from cfg80211 callbacks, you must call this rather + * than unregister_netdevice(), unregister_netdev() is impossible as the RTNL + * is held. Otherwise, both unregister_netdevice() and unregister_netdev() are + * usable instead as well. + * + * Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held. + */ +static inline void cfg80211_unregister_netdevice(struct net_device *dev) +{ +#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_CFG80211) + cfg80211_unregister_wdev(dev->ieee80211_ptr); +#endif +} + +/** + * struct cfg80211_ft_event_params - FT Information Elements + * @ies: FT IEs + * @ies_len: length of the FT IE in bytes + * @target_ap: target AP's MAC address + * @ric_ies: RIC IE + * @ric_ies_len: length of the RIC IE in bytes + */ +struct cfg80211_ft_event_params { + const u8 *ies; + size_t ies_len; + const u8 *target_ap; + const u8 *ric_ies; + size_t ric_ies_len; +}; + +/** + * cfg80211_ft_event - notify userspace about FT IE and RIC IE + * @netdev: network device + * @ft_event: IE information + */ +void cfg80211_ft_event(struct net_device *netdev, + struct cfg80211_ft_event_params *ft_event); + +/** + * cfg80211_get_p2p_attr - find and copy a P2P attribute from IE buffer + * @ies: the input IE buffer + * @len: the input length + * @attr: the attribute ID to find + * @buf: output buffer, can be %NULL if the data isn't needed, e.g. + * if the function is only called to get the needed buffer size + * @bufsize: size of the output buffer + * + * The function finds a given P2P attribute in the (vendor) IEs and + * copies its contents to the given buffer. + * + * Return: A negative error code (-%EILSEQ or -%ENOENT) if the data is + * malformed or the attribute can't be found (respectively), or the + * length of the found attribute (which can be zero). + */ +int cfg80211_get_p2p_attr(const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, + enum ieee80211_p2p_attr_id attr, + u8 *buf, unsigned int bufsize); + +/** + * ieee80211_ie_split_ric - split an IE buffer according to ordering (with RIC) + * @ies: the IE buffer + * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer + * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before + * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next + * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE. + * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array + * @after_ric: array IE types that come after the RIC element + * @n_after_ric: size of the @after_ric array + * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer + * + * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset + * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be + * split. + * + * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this + * has to be guaranteed by the caller! + * + * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered + * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not + * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering. + * + * The function returns the offset where the next part of the + * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder) + * of the buffer should be used. + */ +size_t ieee80211_ie_split_ric(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen, + const u8 *ids, int n_ids, + const u8 *after_ric, int n_after_ric, + size_t offset); + +/** + * ieee80211_ie_split - split an IE buffer according to ordering + * @ies: the IE buffer + * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer + * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before + * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next + * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE. + * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array + * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer + * + * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset + * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be + * split. + * + * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this + * has to be guaranteed by the caller! + * + * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered + * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not + * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering. + * + * The function returns the offset where the next part of the + * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder) + * of the buffer should be used. + */ +static inline size_t ieee80211_ie_split(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen, + const u8 *ids, int n_ids, size_t offset) +{ + return ieee80211_ie_split_ric(ies, ielen, ids, n_ids, NULL, 0, offset); +} + +/** + * cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup - report wakeup from WoWLAN + * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the wakeup + * @wakeup: the wakeup report + * @gfp: allocation flags + * + * This function reports that the given device woke up. If it + * caused the wakeup, report the reason(s), otherwise you may + * pass %NULL as the @wakeup parameter to advertise that something + * else caused the wakeup. + */ +void cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(struct wireless_dev *wdev, + struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup *wakeup, + gfp_t gfp); + +/** + * cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped() - indicate critical protocol stopped by driver. + * + * @wdev: the wireless device for which critical protocol is stopped. + * @gfp: allocation flags + * + * This function can be called by the driver to indicate it has reverted + * operation back to normal. One reason could be that the duration given + * by .crit_proto_start() has expired. + */ +void cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped(struct wireless_dev *wdev, gfp_t gfp); + +/** + * ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels - get number of channels device has + * @wiphy: the wiphy + * + * Return: the number of channels supported by the device. + */ +unsigned int ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels(struct wiphy *wiphy); + +/** + * cfg80211_check_combinations - check interface combinations + * + * @wiphy: the wiphy + * @params: the interface combinations parameter + * + * This function can be called by the driver to check whether a + * combination of interfaces and their types are allowed according to + * the interface combinations. + */ +int cfg80211_check_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy, + struct iface_combination_params *params); + +/** + * cfg80211_iter_combinations - iterate over matching combinations + * + * @wiphy: the wiphy + * @params: the interface combinations parameter + * @iter: function to call for each matching combination + * @data: pointer to pass to iter function + * + * This function can be called by the driver to check what possible + * combinations it fits in at a given moment, e.g. for channel switching + * purposes. + */ +int cfg80211_iter_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy, + struct iface_combination_params *params, + void (*iter)(const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *c, + void *data), + void *data); + +/* + * cfg80211_stop_iface - trigger interface disconnection + * + * @wiphy: the wiphy + * @wdev: wireless device + * @gfp: context flags + * + * Trigger interface to be stopped as if AP was stopped, IBSS/mesh left, STA + * disconnected. + * + * Note: This doesn't need any locks and is asynchronous. + */ +void cfg80211_stop_iface(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, + gfp_t gfp); + +/** + * cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces - shut down all interfaces for a wiphy + * @wiphy: the wiphy to shut down + * + * This function shuts down all interfaces belonging to this wiphy by + * calling dev_close() (and treating non-netdev interfaces as needed). + * It shouldn't really be used unless there are some fatal device errors + * that really can't be recovered in any other way. + * + * Callers must hold the RTNL and be able to deal with callbacks into + * the driver while the function is running. + */ +void cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces(struct wiphy *wiphy); + +/** + * wiphy_ext_feature_set - set the extended feature flag + * + * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify. + * @ftidx: extended feature bit index. + * + * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see + * &struct wiphy.@ext_features) + */ +static inline void wiphy_ext_feature_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, + enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx) +{ + u8 *ft_byte; + + ft_byte = &wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8]; + *ft_byte |= BIT(ftidx % 8); +} + +/** + * wiphy_ext_feature_isset - check the extended feature flag + * + * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify. + * @ftidx: extended feature bit index. + * + * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see + * &struct wiphy.@ext_features) + */ +static inline bool +wiphy_ext_feature_isset(struct wiphy *wiphy, + enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx) +{ + u8 ft_byte; + + ft_byte = wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8]; + return (ft_byte & BIT(ftidx % 8)) != 0; +} + +/** + * cfg80211_free_nan_func - free NAN function + * @f: NAN function that should be freed + * + * Frees all the NAN function and all it's allocated members. + */ +void cfg80211_free_nan_func(struct cfg80211_nan_func *f); + +/** + * struct cfg80211_nan_match_params - NAN match parameters + * @type: the type of the function that triggered a match. If it is + * %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE it means that we replied to a subscriber. + * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, it means that we got a discovery + * result. + * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, we received a follow up. + * @inst_id: the local instance id + * @peer_inst_id: the instance id of the peer's function + * @addr: the MAC address of the peer + * @info_len: the length of the &info + * @info: the Service Specific Info from the peer (if any) + * @cookie: unique identifier of the corresponding function + */ +struct cfg80211_nan_match_params { + enum nl80211_nan_function_type type; + u8 inst_id; + u8 peer_inst_id; + const u8 *addr; + u8 info_len; + const u8 *info; + u64 cookie; +}; + +/** + * cfg80211_nan_match - report a match for a NAN function. + * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match + * @match: match notification parameters + * @gfp: allocation flags + * + * This function reports that the a NAN function had a match. This + * can be a subscribe that had a match or a solicited publish that + * was sent. It can also be a follow up that was received. + */ +void cfg80211_nan_match(struct wireless_dev *wdev, + struct cfg80211_nan_match_params *match, gfp_t gfp); + +/** + * cfg80211_nan_func_terminated - notify about NAN function termination. + * + * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match + * @inst_id: the local instance id + * @reason: termination reason (one of the NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_*) + * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier + * @gfp: allocation flags + * + * This function reports that the a NAN function is terminated. + */ +void cfg80211_nan_func_terminated(struct wireless_dev *wdev, + u8 inst_id, + enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason reason, + u64 cookie, gfp_t gfp); + +/* ethtool helper */ +void cfg80211_get_drvinfo(struct net_device *dev, struct ethtool_drvinfo *info); + +/** + * cfg80211_external_auth_request - userspace request for authentication + * @netdev: network device + * @params: External authentication parameters + * @gfp: allocation flags + * Returns: 0 on success, < 0 on error + */ +int cfg80211_external_auth_request(struct net_device *netdev, + struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params, + gfp_t gfp); + +/** + * cfg80211_pmsr_report - report peer measurement result data + * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement + * @req: the original measurement request + * @result: the result data + * @gfp: allocation flags + */ +void cfg80211_pmsr_report(struct wireless_dev *wdev, + struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req, + struct cfg80211_pmsr_result *result, + gfp_t gfp); + +/** + * cfg80211_pmsr_complete - report peer measurement completed + * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement + * @req: the original measurement request + * @gfp: allocation flags + * + * Report that the entire measurement completed, after this + * the request pointer will no longer be valid. + */ +void cfg80211_pmsr_complete(struct wireless_dev *wdev, + struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req, + gfp_t gfp); + +/** + * cfg80211_iftype_allowed - check whether the interface can be allowed + * @wiphy: the wiphy + * @iftype: interface type + * @is_4addr: use_4addr flag, must be '0' when check_swif is '1' + * @check_swif: check iftype against software interfaces + * + * Check whether the interface is allowed to operate; additionally, this API + * can be used to check iftype against the software interfaces when + * check_swif is '1'. + */ +bool cfg80211_iftype_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, + bool is_4addr, u8 check_swif); + + +/** + * cfg80211_assoc_comeback - notification of association that was + * temporarly rejected with a comeback + * @netdev: network device + * @ap_addr: AP (MLD) address that rejected the assocation + * @timeout: timeout interval value TUs. + * + * this function may sleep. the caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. + */ +void cfg80211_assoc_comeback(struct net_device *netdev, + const u8 *ap_addr, u32 timeout); + +/* Logging, debugging and troubleshooting/diagnostic helpers. */ + +/* wiphy_printk helpers, similar to dev_printk */ + +#define wiphy_printk(level, wiphy, format, args...) \ + dev_printk(level, &(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) +#define wiphy_emerg(wiphy, format, args...) \ + dev_emerg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) +#define wiphy_alert(wiphy, format, args...) \ + dev_alert(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) +#define wiphy_crit(wiphy, format, args...) \ + dev_crit(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) +#define wiphy_err(wiphy, format, args...) \ + dev_err(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) +#define wiphy_warn(wiphy, format, args...) \ + dev_warn(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) +#define wiphy_notice(wiphy, format, args...) \ + dev_notice(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) +#define wiphy_info(wiphy, format, args...) \ + dev_info(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) +#define wiphy_info_once(wiphy, format, args...) \ + dev_info_once(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) + +#define wiphy_err_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...) \ + dev_err_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) +#define wiphy_warn_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...) \ + dev_warn_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) + +#define wiphy_debug(wiphy, format, args...) \ + wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args) + +#define wiphy_dbg(wiphy, format, args...) \ + dev_dbg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) + +#if defined(VERBOSE_DEBUG) +#define wiphy_vdbg wiphy_dbg +#else +#define wiphy_vdbg(wiphy, format, args...) \ +({ \ + if (0) \ + wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args); \ + 0; \ +}) +#endif + +/* + * wiphy_WARN() acts like wiphy_printk(), but with the key difference + * of using a WARN/WARN_ON to get the message out, including the + * file/line information and a backtrace. + */ +#define wiphy_WARN(wiphy, format, args...) \ + WARN(1, "wiphy: %s\n" format, wiphy_name(wiphy), ##args); + +/** + * cfg80211_update_owe_info_event - Notify the peer's OWE info to user space + * @netdev: network device + * @owe_info: peer's owe info + * @gfp: allocation flags + */ +void cfg80211_update_owe_info_event(struct net_device *netdev, + struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info, + gfp_t gfp); + +/** + * cfg80211_bss_flush - resets all the scan entries + * @wiphy: the wiphy + */ +void cfg80211_bss_flush(struct wiphy *wiphy); + +/** + * cfg80211_bss_color_notify - notify about bss color event + * @dev: network device + * @gfp: allocation flags + * @cmd: the actual event we want to notify + * @count: the number of TBTTs until the color change happens + * @color_bitmap: representations of the colors that the local BSS is aware of + */ +int cfg80211_bss_color_notify(struct net_device *dev, gfp_t gfp, + enum nl80211_commands cmd, u8 count, + u64 color_bitmap); + +/** + * cfg80211_obss_color_collision_notify - notify about bss color collision + * @dev: network device + * @color_bitmap: representations of the colors that the local BSS is aware of + * @gfp: allocation flags + */ +static inline int cfg80211_obss_color_collision_notify(struct net_device *dev, + u64 color_bitmap, gfp_t gfp) +{ + return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, gfp, + NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION, + 0, color_bitmap); +} + +/** + * cfg80211_color_change_started_notify - notify color change start + * @dev: the device on which the color is switched + * @count: the number of TBTTs until the color change happens + * + * Inform the userspace about the color change that has started. + */ +static inline int cfg80211_color_change_started_notify(struct net_device *dev, + u8 count) +{ + return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, GFP_KERNEL, + NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED, + count, 0); +} + +/** + * cfg80211_color_change_aborted_notify - notify color change abort + * @dev: the device on which the color is switched + * + * Inform the userspace about the color change that has aborted. + */ +static inline int cfg80211_color_change_aborted_notify(struct net_device *dev) +{ + return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, GFP_KERNEL, + NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED, + 0, 0); +} + +/** + * cfg80211_color_change_notify - notify color change completion + * @dev: the device on which the color was switched + * + * Inform the userspace about the color change that has completed. + */ +static inline int cfg80211_color_change_notify(struct net_device *dev) +{ + return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, GFP_KERNEL, + NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED, + 0, 0); +} + +#endif /* __NET_CFG80211_H */ |